ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY INC
S-1, 1995-08-25
SUGAR & CONFECTIONERY PRODUCTS
Previous: HEALTHSOUTH CORP, 8-K/A, 1995-08-25
Next: STEINROE INCOME TRUST, 24F-2NT, 1995-08-25



<PAGE>
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 25, 1995
                                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 33-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                         <C>
         COLORADO                       2060                  84-0910696
      (State or other            (Primary Standard         (I.R.S. Employer
      jurisdiction of                Industrial           Identification No.)
     incorporation or           Classification Code
       organization)                  Number)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
                                                                          FRANKLIN E. CRAIL
                                                           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND PRESIDENT
                                                                ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.
                   265 TURNER DRIVE                                        265 TURNER DRIVE
               DURANGO, COLORADO 81301                                 DURANGO, COLORADO 81301
                    (970) 259-0554                                          (970) 259-0554
 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,             (Name, address, including zip code,
                 including area code,                            and telephone number, including area
     of registrant's principal executive offices)                    code, of agent for service)
                                                  COPIES TO:
                  Steven K. Cochran                                         Gary M. Nelson
                  THOMPSON & KNIGHT                                  OPPENHEIMER WOLFF & DONNELLY
              A Professional Corporation                               45 South Seventh Street
                 1700 Pacific Avenue                                          Suite 3400
                      Suite 3300                                     Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                 Dallas, Texas 75201
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933 check the following box.  / /

    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /

    If  this form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box.  / /
                           --------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF           AMOUNT TO       PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          SECURITIES TO              BE REGISTERED      OFFERING PRICE     AGGREGATE OFFERING      AMOUNT OF
          BE REGISTERED                   (1)            PER SHARE (2)          PRICE (2)       REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                 <C>               <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Common Stock, par
 value $.03 per share.............  1,035,000 shares        $18.00           $18,630,000.00        $6,425.00
<FN>
(1)  Includes 135,000 shares of Common Stock that the Underwriter has the option
     to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)  Estimated  pursuant to  Rule 457(a)  under the  Securities Act  of 1933, as
     amended, solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(a),  MAY
DETERMINE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER                   FORM S-1 CAPTION                              PROSPECTUS LOCATION OR CAPTION
-----------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                  <C>
        1.   Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
              Front Cover Page of Prospectus....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
        2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
              Prospectus........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                                                                   Prospectus
        3.   Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
              Earnings to Fixed Charges.........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
        4.   Use of Proceeds....................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
        5.   Determination of Offering Price....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
        6.   Dilution...........................................  Not Applicable
        7.   Selling Security Holders...........................  Principal and Selling Stockholders
        8.   Plan of Distribution...............................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                                   Underwriting
        9.   Description of Securities to be Registered.........  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Description
                                                                   of Capital Stock
       10.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.............  Legal Matters
       11.   Information with Respect to the Registrant.........  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
                                                                   Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Selected
                                                                   Financial Data; Management's Discussion and
                                                                   Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                   Operations; Business; Management; Certain
                                                                   Transactions; Principal and Selling Stockholders;
                                                                   Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for
                                                                   Future Sale; Financial Statements
       12.   Disclosure of Commission Position on
              Indemnification for Securities Act
              Liabilities.......................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 25, 1995
DATED            , 1995

                                 900,000 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

Of the 900,000 shares of Common  Stock offered hereby, 300,000 shares are  being
sold  by  Rocky Mountain  Chocolate Factory,  Inc.  (the "Company")  and 600,000
shares are being sold  by the Selling Stockholders.  See "Principal and  Selling
Stockholders." The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
the shares by the Selling Stockholders.

The  Company's Common Stock  is traded on  the Nasdaq National  Market under the
symbol "RMCF." On August 23,  1995, the last sale price  of the Common Stock  as
reported by the Nasdaq National Market was $18.00 per share. See "Price Range of
Common Stock."

SEE  "RISK FACTORS," BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS, FOR A DISCUSSION OF
CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
                             ---------------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Price to        Underwriting      Proceeds to          Proceeds to
                             Public         Discount(1)        Company(2)      Selling Stockholders
<S>                     <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Share.............         $                 $                 $                    $
Total (3).............         $                 $                 $                    $
</TABLE>

(1)  The  Company and  the  Selling Stockholders  have  agreed to  indemnify the
    Underwriter against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under  the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting expenses of the  Offering payable by the Company estimated
    at $250,000.

(3) The Company and one of the Selling Stockholders have granted the Underwriter
    a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of 135,000 additional  shares
    of  Common Stock, solely to cover over-allotments,  if any, at the per share
    Price to Public less the Underwriting Discount. If the Underwriter exercises
    this option  in full,  the  total Price  to Public,  Underwriting  Discount,
    Proceeds  to Company and Proceeds to  Selling Stockholders will be $       ,
    $      , $      and $      , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                           --------------------------

The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior sale
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter and subject to  the
right of the Underwriter to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected
that  delivery of the certificates representing  the shares of Common Stock will
be made at the  offices of Piper  Jaffray Inc. in  Minneapolis, Minnesota on  or
about             , 1995.
                                     [LOGO]
<PAGE>
                        [PHOTOS HERE IN PAPER FORMAT AND
                     DESCRIPTION HERE IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT]

    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

    IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITER MAY  ENGAGE IN  PASSIVE
MARKET  MAKING TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  COMMON STOCK OF  THE COMPANY  ON THE NASDAQ
NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10B-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934. SEE "UNDERWRITING."

                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY AND SHOULD BE READ  IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH  THE MORE  DETAILED INFORMATION  AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND
NOTES THERETO APPEARING  ELSEWHERE IN  THIS PROSPECTUS.  EXCEPT WHERE  OTHERWISE
INDICATED,  ALL  INFORMATION  IN  THIS PROSPECTUS  ASSUMES  NO  EXERCISE  OF THE
UNDERWRITER'S OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION. INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS."

                                  THE COMPANY

    Rocky  Mountain  Chocolate  Factory,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is  a  leading
developer, franchisor  and  operator of  retail  chocolate stores.  The  Company
manufactures   an  extensive  line  of   premium  chocolate  candies  and  other
confectionery products  from  its  own  proprietary  recipes  for  sale  at  its
franchised  and Company-owned stores. As of July  31, 1995, there were 165 Rocky
Mountain Chocolate  Factory  stores,  including 138  franchised  stores  and  27
Company-owned stores operating in 34 states, Canada and Bermuda.

    The  Company believes  its principal competitive  strengths lie  in its name
recognition; its reputation for the quality, variety and taste of its  products;
the  special ambiance  of its stores;  its knowledge and  experience in applying
criteria for selection of new  store locations; its expertise in  manufacturing,
merchandising  and marketing  of chocolate candy  products; and  the control and
training infrastructures  it  has  implemented  to  assure  consistent  customer
service  and execution of successful practices  and techniques at its franchised
and Company-owned  stores.  In  addition,  the Company  believes  it  derives  a
competitive  strength  by  manufacturing  its own  products,  through  which the
Company  can  better  maintain  its   high  product  quality  standards,   offer
proprietary  products, manage  costs, control production  and shipment schedules
and potentially pursue new or under-utilized distribution channels.

    Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores' distinctive country Victorian decor
creates an  enjoyable  and  inviting  atmosphere.  The  average  store  size  is
approximately  1,000 square feet. Each store  features over 100 types of premium
chocolates and more than 15 varieties  of fudge, as well as brittles,  truffles,
caramel  apples,  chocolate  sauces  and  boxed  chocolates.  Unlike  most other
chocolate stores, Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores prepare many  products
on-site daily with fresh ingredients. Customers can observe store personnel make
fudge from start to finish, including the mixing of ingredients in old-fashioned
copper  kettles and the cooling  of the fudge on  large marble tables. Brittles,
truffles, caramel apples and  other items are also  prepared in the stores.  The
Company  believes the in-store preparation and aroma of its products enhance the
ambiance of its stores, are fun and entertaining for its customers and convey an
image of freshness and homemade quality.

    The Company opened its first Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory store in  1981
and  at the  end of fiscal  1992 had a  total of  72 stores, most  of which were
franchised. Over the  last three years,  the Company has  more than doubled  the
total number of stores. The Company's expansion strategy is to balance growth of
Company-owned  and franchised stores by increasing its emphasis on Company-owned
store expansion. Company-owned  stores have  certain advantages  to the  Company
over  franchised stores,  including a greater  potential economic  return to the
Company. In the  fiscal year ending  February 29, 1996,  the Company expects  to
open  between 25 and 30 new franchised  stores and at least 17 new Company-owned
stores.

    The Company's site  selection strategy is  to locate its  stores in  tourist
areas and shopping environments, such as factory outlet and regional malls, with
a  high level of foot  traffic. A variety of  additional factors are analyzed in
the site selection  process, including tenant  mix, visibility,  attractiveness,
accessibility and occupancy costs.

    The Company has developed, and will soon test, a new store concept, which it
believes  may allow  it to  further expand its  presence in  its existing market
environments, particularly regional  malls. The new  store concept will  operate
under  a different name and offer a different line of candies than the Company's
existing concept.

    The Company  was  founded  in  1981  and  was  incorporated  as  a  Colorado
corporation  in 1982. The  Company's principal executive  offices are located at
265 Turner Drive,  Durango, Colorado 81301,  and its telephone  number is  (970)
259-0554.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
Common Stock offered:
  By the Company...........................  300,000 shares
  By the Selling Stockholders..............  600,000 shares
    Total..................................  900,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after the
 Offering..................................  2,957,499 shares(1)
Use of proceeds............................  To reduce outstanding debt and provide additional
                                             working capital, including funds for future Company-
                                             owned store expansion, which may include the testing and
                                             development of a new store concept, and for general
                                             corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market symbol..............  RMCF
<FN>
--------------------------
(1)  Excludes  an aggregate  of 189,000 shares  reserved for  issuance under the
     Company's 1985  Incentive Stock  Option  Plan (the  "1985 Plan")  and  1990
     Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan for  Nonemployee Directors (the "Directors'
     Plan"), of which 173,000 shares  represent outstanding options at July  31,
     1995,  with a weighted average  exercise price of $5.53  per share, and 325
     shares reserved for  issuance as  stock bonuses pursuant  to the  Company's
     Franchisee-of-the-Year  Award Program. Also does not include 100,000 shares
     reserved for issuance under the Company's  new 1995 Stock Option Plan  (the
     "1995  Plan") and 30,000 additional shares  reserved for issuance under the
     Directors' Plan, as  amended (20,000  of which are  subject to  outstanding
     options,  with an exercise price of  $18.00 per share), subject to approval
     by the Company's  stockholders at the  1995 Annual Meeting  on October  13,
     1995. See "Capitalization."
</TABLE>

                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND STORE DATA
                (In thousands, except per share and store data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                                YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 OR 29,                 ENDED MAY 31,
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                      1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1994       1995
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
  Revenues:
    Factory sales.................................  $   3,072  $   3,023  $   3,798  $   4,998  $   6,399  $     978  $   1,552
    Retail sales..................................      1,007      1,570      1,763      2,642      5,028        822      1,472
    Royalties and marketing fees..................        816        909      1,000      1,233      1,607        334        450
    Franchise fees................................        121        208        437        488        582        251        246
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total revenues..............................      5,016      5,710      6,998      9,361     13,616      2,385      3,720
  Operating income................................        553         31        503      1,251      2,270        304        483
  Net income (loss)...............................  $     520  $     (34) $     404  $     862  $   1,350  $     168  $     267
  Income (loss) per common share -- fully
   diluted........................................  $     .19  $    (.10) $     .14  $     .32  $     .49  $     .07  $     .10
  Weighted average number of common shares
   outstanding -- fully diluted...................      2,376      2,569      2,459      2,533      2,726      2,713      2,748
STORE DATA:
  Number of stores open at end of period:
    Company-owned.................................          3          9          7         13         22         18         26
    Franchised....................................         61         63         81        106        131        108        133
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total.......................................         64         72         88        119        153        126        159
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------

SYSTEM-WIDE REVENUES(1):                            $  15,316  $  15,439  $  19,886  $  26,011  $  35,612  $   7,162  $   9,934
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                MAY 31, 1995
                                                                         --------------------------
                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                         ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital......................................................  $   1,267     $   4,553
  Total assets.........................................................     11,148        14,434
  Long-term debt (excluding current portion)...........................      3,022         1,522
  Stockholders' equity.................................................      6,148        10,934
<FN>
------------------------------
(1)  Includes franchised store sales, as reported to the Company by franchisees,
     and Company-owned store sales.
(2)  Adjusted  to reflect the sale of 300,000  shares of Common Stock offered by
     the Company hereby (at an assumed  offering price of $18.00 per share)  and
     the  application  of  the estimated  net  proceeds therefrom.  See  "Use of
     Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    AN  INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS. IN
DECIDING WHETHER TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY,  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER ALL OF  THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING  THE  FOLLOWING  FACTORS THAT  MAY  AFFECT  THE  COMPANY'S
CURRENT OPERATIONS AND FUTURE PROSPECTS.

FLUCTUATIONS IN COST AND AVAILABILITY OF INGREDIENTS

    Several  of  the  principal  ingredients  used  in  the  Company's products,
including chocolate and  nuts, are  subject to  significant price  fluctuations.
Although  cocoa  beans,  the primary  raw  material  used in  the  production of
chocolate, are grown commercially in Africa, Brazil and several other  countries
around  the world, cocoa beans  are traded in the  commodities market, and their
supply and price are therefore subject  to volatility. The Company believes  its
principal  chocolate supplier purchases  most of its  beans at negotiated prices
from African growers, often at a premium to commodity prices. Although the price
of chocolate has been relatively stable in recent years, the supply and price of
cocoa beans, and in turn of  chocolate, are affected by many factors,  including
monetary   fluctuations  and  economic,  political  and  weather  conditions  in
countries in which cocoa beans are grown. The Company purchases most of its  nut
meats from domestic suppliers who procure their products from growers around the
world. The price and supply of nuts are also affected by many factors, including
weather  conditions in the various regions in which the nuts used by the Company
are grown. Although the Company often  enters into purchase contracts for  these
products,  significant or prolonged  increases in the prices  of chocolate or of
one or  more  types of  nuts,  or the  unavailability  of adequate  supplies  of
chocolate  or nuts of the  quality sought by the  Company, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its results of operations.

LOCATION DEPENDENCY

    The Company's  expansion plans  are critically  dependent on  the  Company's
ability  to  obtain  suitable  sites  at  reasonable  occupancy  costs  for  its
franchised and Company-owned stores in the factory outlet, tourist and  regional
mall  environments that  constitute its  primary location  targets. There  is no
assurance that the Company  will be able to  obtain suitable locations in  these
environments at a cost that will allow stores to be economically viable.

RELIANCE ON FRANCHISEES

    The  continued growth and success  of the Company is  dependent in part upon
its ability to attract, retain and  contract with qualified franchisees and  the
ability of those franchisees to operate their stores successfully and to promote
and  develop  the  Rocky  Mountain  Chocolate  Factory  store  concept  and  its
reputation for an  enjoyable in-store experience  and product quality.  Although
the Company has established criteria to evaluate prospective franchisees and has
been  successful  in  attracting franchisees,  there  can be  no  assurance that
franchisees will  be  able  to operate  successfully  Rocky  Mountain  Chocolate
Factory  stores  in  their  franchise  areas in  a  manner  consistent  with the
Company's concepts and standards. See "Business -- Franchising Program."

RAPID EXPANSION; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

    The number  of franchised  and Company-owned  stores has  more than  doubled
since  the  end  of  fiscal  1992.  The Company  intends  to  open  at  least 17
Company-owned stores and between 25 and 30 franchised stores in fiscal 1996. The
Company is subject  to a  variety of  business risks  generally associated  with
rapidly  growing companies, such  as the inability to  control costs and achieve
continued profitability  during a  period of  aggressive growth.  The  Company's
future  store expansion  will also  depend upon  a number  of factors including,
among others, the cost and availability of suitable sites, the implementation of
enhanced operational  and  financial systems,  the  employment and  training  of
additional  management,  store staff  and  other personnel,  the  negotiation of
acceptable lease and financing terms, its ability to attract franchisees and the
cost-effective and timely opening of stores. There can be no assurance that  the
Company  will be able to manage its  expanding operations effectively or that it
will be  able to  maintain  or accelerate  its growth.  Also,  there can  be  no
assurance  that the Company will be able to  open its planned stores in a timely
or cost-effective manner, if at all.

                                       5
<PAGE>
GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    The Company is  subject to regulation  by the Federal  Trade Commission  and
must comply with certain state laws governing the offer, sale and termination of
franchises  and the refusal  to renew franchises. Many  state laws also regulate
substantive aspects of the  franchisor-franchisee relationship by, for  example,
requiring the franchisor to deal with its franchisees in good faith, prohibiting
interference with the right of free association among franchisees and regulating
discrimination  among franchisees in charges,  royalties or fees. Franchise laws
continue to develop and change, and changes in such laws could impose additional
costs and burdens on franchisors. The  Company's failure to obtain approvals  to
sell  franchises and the adoption of new  franchise laws, or changes in existing
laws, could have a  material adverse effect  on the Company  and its results  of
operations.

    Each  of the Company-owned and franchised stores is subject to licensing and
regulation by the health, sanitation, safety, building and fire agencies in  the
state  or  municipality where  located.  Difficulties or  failures  in obtaining
required licenses or  approvals from such  agencies could delay  or prevent  the
opening of a new store. The Company and its franchisees are also subject to laws
governing   their   relationships   with  employees,   including   minimum  wage
requirements,  overtime,   working  and   safety  conditions   and   citizenship
requirements.  Because a significant number of  the Company's employees are paid
at rates related  to the  federal minimum wage,  increases in  the minimum  wage
would  increase  the  Company's  labor costs.  The  failure  to  obtain required
licenses or  approvals,  or an  increase  in  the minimum  wage  rate,  employee
benefits  costs  (including  costs  associated  with  mandated  health insurance
coverage) or  other  costs associated  with  employees, could  have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company and its results of operations.

    Companies  engaged in the manufacturing,  packaging and distribution of food
products are subject to extensive regulation by various governmental agencies. A
finding of a failure to comply with one or more regulations could result in  the
imposition  of  sanctions, including  the closing  of  all or  a portion  of the
Company's facilities  for an  indeterminate period  of time,  and could  have  a
material adverse effect on the Company and its results of operations.

COMPETITION

    The  retailing of confectionery products  is highly competitive. The Company
and its franchisees  compete with numerous  businesses that offer  confectionery
products. Many of these competitors have greater name recognition and financial,
marketing  and other resources  than the Company. In  addition, there is intense
competition among retailers for real estate sites, store personnel and qualified
franchisees. Competitive market conditions could have a material adverse  effect
on  the  Company  and  its  results of  operations  and  its  ability  to expand
successfully.

CONSUMER TASTES AND PREFERENCES

    The sale of the Company's products is affected by changes in consumer tastes
and eating habits, including views regarding consumption of chocolate.  Numerous
other  factors that  the Company  cannot control,  such as  economic conditions,
demographic trends, traffic patterns and weather conditions, influence the  sale
of the Company's products. Changes in any of these factors could have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT

    The  Company's success  is highly  dependent on  the skills,  experience and
efforts of  its senior  management. The  loss of  the services  of one  or  more
members  of its senior  management could have  a material adverse  effect on the
Company and its plans for growth. The Company is the beneficiary of key man life
insurance in the  amount of $1,000,000  on the  life of Franklin  E. Crail,  the
Company's  Chairman  of  the  Board  and President;  however,  there  can  be no
assurance that such insurance  would be adequate to  compensate the Company  for
the  loss of Mr. Crail's  services. The Company has  not entered into employment
agreements with any member of its senior management. See "Management."

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

    Coronet Insurance Company  ("Coronet") and  Mr. Crail will  continue to  own
31.1%  and 10.0%, respectively,  of the outstanding Common  Stock of the Company
after completion of this Offering (27.8%

                                       6
<PAGE>
and 9.8%, respectively, if the Underwriter's over-allotment option is  exercised
in full). The Selling Stockholders are likely to continue to have the ability to
control  the election  of the  Company's Board  of Directors  and, therefore, to
control the Company  and its  business and  affairs, and  in some  circumstances
could  prevent the  approval of proposals  submitted by  other stockholders. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."

CHANGE IN PRODUCT MIX

    The Company believes that approximately  50% of franchised stores'  revenues
are  generated  by sales  of  products manufactured  by  and purchased  from the
Company, 30% by sales of products made in the stores with ingredients  purchased
from  the Company or approved  suppliers and 20% by  sales of products purchased
from approved suppliers for resale in the stores. Franchisees' sales of products
manufactured by the Company generate higher  revenues to the Company than  sales
of  store-made  or  other products.  A  significant  decrease in  the  amount of
products franchisees  purchase  from  the Company,  therefore,  could  adversely
affect  the Company's total revenues and  results of operations. Such a decrease
could result from  franchisees' decisions  to sell more  store-made products  or
products purchased from third party suppliers.

IMPACT OF INFLATION

    Inflationary factors such as increases in the costs of ingredients and labor
directly  affect the Company's operations. Most  of the Company's leases provide
for cost-of-living  adjustments  and require  it  to pay  taxes,  insurance  and
maintenance  expenses, all of which are  subject to inflation. Additionally, the
Company's  future  lease  costs  for  new  facilities  may  reflect  potentially
escalating costs of real estate and construction. There is no assurance that the
Company will be able to pass on its increased costs to its customers.

FLUCTUATIONS OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

    The  Company's sales  and earnings  are seasonal,  with significantly higher
sales and earnings occurring  during the Christmas  and summer vacation  seasons
than  at other  times of  the year, which  causes fluctuations  in the Company's
quarterly results of operations. In  addition, quarterly results have been,  and
in the future are likely to be, affected by the timing of new store openings and
the sale of franchises. Because of the seasonality of the Company's business and
the  impact  of new  store openings  and  sales of  franchises, results  for any
quarter are not necessarily  indicative of the results  that may be achieved  in
other  quarters  or for  a full  fiscal year.  See "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Quarterly Results."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Sales of substantial amounts  of Common Stock of  the Company in the  public
market  following the  Offering made  hereby could  adversely affect  the market
price for the Common Stock. Upon  completion of this Offering, the Company  will
have  outstanding 2,957,499 shares of Common Stock (not including 173,000 shares
issuable upon the  exercise of options  under the Company's  stock option  plans
that  are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof). The executive officers
and directors of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, who in the  aggregate
will  beneficially own 1,379,622 shares of  Common Stock upon completion of this
Offering, have agreed  not to sell  any Common Stock  without the prior  written
consent  of the  Underwriter for  a period  of 180  days from  the date  of this
Prospectus. Upon expiration  of these restrictions,  the executive officers  and
directors  of the Company and the Selling  Stockholders will be free to sell the
shares beneficially owned by them, subject to compliance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). In addition, Coronet,
which will own 921,257 shares of Common Stock after completion of this offering,
has the right to  demand that the Company  file further registration  statements
under  the Securities  Act covering the  sale of all  or any part  of its Common
Stock holdings.  See  "Description of  Capital  Stock --  Registration  Rights,"
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

                                       7
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The  net proceeds  to the  Company from  the sale  of the  300,000 shares of
Common Stock being  offered hereby by  the Company (assuming  a public  offering
price of $18.00 per share) are estimated to be $4.8 million ($5.6 million if the
Underwriter's  over-allotment option is  exercised in full)  after deducting the
underwriting discount  and estimated  offering expenses.  The Company  will  not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders.

    The  Company anticipates that approximately $1.5 million of the net proceeds
will be used  to retire existing  debt incurred pursuant  to a chattel  mortgage
financing.  The chattel mortgage financing was  secured to support the Company's
financing needs for completion  of its factory  expansion and for  Company-owned
store  openings and is secured by  the Company's inventory, equipment, furniture
and fixtures. This chattel mortgage facility bears interest at prime plus 1 1/2%
(currently 10%), adjusted in April of each year and matures on June 15, 2000.

    The balance  of the  proceeds will  be used  to provide  additional  working
capital   to  the  Company,  including  funds  for  future  Company-owned  store
expansion, which may include the testing and development of a new store concept,
and for general corporate purposes.

    The Company has developed a new store concept that it intends to test in the
current fiscal year  and early in  fiscal 1997. See  "Business -- Company  Store
Program." The Company will fund the establishment of initial test locations from
operating  cash flows. Should test results justify commercial development of the
new concept,  a  potentially significant  portion  of working  capital  reserves
provided  by this Offering is  likely to be used  to establish additional stores
under the new concept.

    Pending any  use of  the proceeds,  the Company  intends to  invest the  net
proceeds  from this  Offering in  investment grade  short-term, interest-bearing
securities.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

    The Company has  never paid cash  dividends on its  Common Stock.  Following
this  Offering,  the Company  intends  to retain  any  earnings for  use  in the
operation and  expansion of  its business  and, therefore,  does not  anticipate
declaring  any  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  payment  of
dividends, if any,  in the  future will  be at the  discretion of  the Board  of
Directors  and will  depend upon, among  other things,  future earnings, capital
requirements, restrictions in future financing agreements, the general financial
condition of the Company and general business conditions.

                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

    The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "RMCF." The table below sets forth for the periods indicated the high and
low last sale prices for  the Company's Common Stock  as reported by the  Nasdaq
National Market.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            HIGH        LOW
                                           -------    -------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>
YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1994
  First Quarter.........................   $ 5 1/4    $ 4 3/4
  Second Quarter........................     5          4 3/4
  Third Quarter.........................    11 3/4      5
  Fourth Quarter........................    14 1/2     10 3/4
YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
  First Quarter.........................    12         11 1/2
  Second Quarter........................    12 1/2     11 1/2
  Third Quarter.........................    13 1/2     11 3/4
  Fourth Quarter........................    13 1/2     13 1/4
YEAR ENDING FEBRUARY 29, 1996
  First Quarter.........................    15 3/4     13 1/2
  Second Quarter (through August 23)....    19         15 3/4
</TABLE>

    On  August 23,  1995, the last  reported sale  price of the  Common Stock as
reported by the  Nasdaq National Market  was $18.00  per share. As  of July  31,
1995, there were approximately 335 record holders of the Common Stock.

                                       8
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The  following  table  sets  forth  as  of  May  31,  1995,  (i)  the actual
capitalization of the  Company and  (ii) the  capitalization of  the Company  as
adjusted  to  give effect  to the  sale of  the 300,000  shares of  Common Stock
offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed public offering price of $18.00 per
share) and the application of the  estimated net proceeds therefrom. This  table
should  be read in  conjunction with the Financial  Statements and related Notes
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 MAY 31, 1995
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Short-term debt:
  Current maturities of long-term debt(1).................................................  $     176   $     176
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)(1).............................................  $   3,022   $   1,522
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock ($.10 par value per share) 250,000 shares authorized; no shares
   outstanding, actual or adjusted........................................................     --          --
  Common stock ($.03 par value per share) 7,250,000 shares authorized; 2,648,802 shares
   issued and 2,644,499 shares outstanding; 2,948,802 shares issued and 2,944,499 shares
   outstanding, as adjusted(2)............................................................         79          88
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................      4,676       9,453
  Retained earnings.......................................................................      1,398       1,398
    Less common stock held by Company, at cost -- 4,303 shares............................         (5)         (5)
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................      6,148      10,934
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total capitalization..................................................................  $   9,346   $  12,632
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
<FN>
------------------------
(1)  See Note C of Notes to  Financial Statements for information regarding  the
     Company's long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

(2)  Excludes   152,000  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  1985  Plan
     (including 146,000  shares representing  outstanding  options) at  May  31,
     1995,  50,000  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  Directors' Plan
     (including 40,000  representing  outstanding  options)  at  May  31,  1995,
     100,000  shares reserved  for issuance under  the 1995 Plan  and 325 shares
     reserved  for  issuance  as  stock   bonuses  pursuant  to  the   Company's
     Franchisee-of-the-Year  Award Program. At May  31, 1995, the 186,000 shares
     subject to  outstanding options  under  the Company's  option plans  had  a
     weighted  average exercise price of $5.35. The Company's Board of Directors
     recently adopted the 1995 Plan and amended the Directors' Plan to  increase
     the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Directors' Plan from
     60,000  shares to  90,000 shares.  The adoption  of the  1995 Plan  and the
     amendment of the Directors' Plan are  subject to approval by the  Company's
     stockholders  at the 1995 Annual Meeting on October 13, 1995. Of the 30,000
     additional shares reserved for issuance  under the Director's Plan,  20,000
     shares are subject to outstanding options, with an exercise price of $18.00
     per  share. If the amendment to the  Directors' Plan is not approved by the
     stockholders, the  number  of  shares  subject  to  such  options  will  be
     decreased from 20,000 shares to 10,000 shares. See "Management -- Executive
     Compensation" and "-- Compensation of Directors."
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
              (In thousands, except per share data and store data)

    The  selected  financial data  presented below  for  the fiscal  years ended
February 28 or 29, 1991 through 1995, are derived from the Financial  Statements
of  the  Company, which  have been  audited by  Grant Thornton  LLP, independent
auditors. The selected financial data of the Company as of May 31, 1995 and  for
the  three  months  ended May  31,  1994 and  1995  have been  derived  from the
unaudited financial  statements  of the  Company  and,  in the  opinion  of  the
Company's  management, include all  adjustments necessary to  present fairly the
Company's results of  operations for the  periods then ended  and the  financial
position  of the  Company as of  such dates.  The results of  operations for the
three months ended May 31, 1995 are not necessarily indicative of the results to
be achieved for the remainder of fiscal 1996. The selected financial data should
be read in conjunction with the  Financial Statements and related Notes  thereto
included  elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 OR 29,                 ENDED MAY 31,
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------   ------------------
                                                      1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1994      1995
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
  Revenues:
    Factory sales.................................  $  3,072   $  3,023   $  3,798   $  4,998   $  6,399   $    978   $ 1,552
    Retail sales..................................     1,007      1,570      1,763      2,642      5,028        822     1,472
    Royalties and marketing fees..................       816        909      1,000      1,233      1,607        334       450
    Franchise fees................................       121        208        437        488        582        251       246
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
      Total revenues..............................     5,016      5,710      6,998      9,361     13,616      2,385     3,720
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
  Costs and expenses:
    Cost of chocolate sales.......................     2,810      3,021      3,506      4,530      5,986        947     1,612
    Franchise costs...............................       417        772        929      1,008      1,377        318       450
    General and administrative expenses...........       667        817        815        969      1,234        294       347
    Retail operating expenses.....................       569      1,069      1,180      1,571      2,749        522       828
    Loss on Company-owned store closing...........        --         --         65         32         --         --        --
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
      Total costs and expenses....................     4,463      5,679      6,495      8,110     11,346      2,081     3,237
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
  Operating income................................       553         31        503      1,251      2,270        304       483
  Other income (expense):
    Interest expense..............................       (61)       (85)      (101)       (88)      (153)       (21)      (62)
    Interest income...............................        32         20          5         10         23          5         7
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
      Total other income (expense)................       (29)       (65)       (96)       (78)      (130)       (16)      (55)
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
  Income (loss) before income tax expense.........       524        (34)       407      1,173      2,140        288       428
  Income tax expense..............................         4         --          3        311(1)      790       120       161
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
  Net income (loss)...............................  $    520   $    (34)  $    404   $    862   $  1,350   $    168   $   267
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
  Income (loss) per common share -- fully
   diluted........................................  $    .19   $   (.10)  $    .14   $    .32   $    .49   $    .07   $   .10
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
  Weighted average number of common shares
   outstanding -- fully diluted...................     2,376      2,569      2,459      2,533      2,726      2,713     2,748
STORE DATA:
  Number of stores open at end of period:
    Company-owned.................................         3          9          7         13         22         18        26
    Franchised....................................        61         63         81        106        131        108       133
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
      Total.......................................        64         72         88        119        153        126       159
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
SYSTEM-WIDE REVENUES(2):                            $ 15,316   $ 15,439   $ 19,886   $ 26,011   $ 35,612   $  7,162   $ 9,934
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                MAY 31, 1995
                                                                YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 OR 29,              ----------------------
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------                 AS
                                                      1991       1992       1993       1994       1995      ACTUAL    ADJUSTED(3)
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital...............................  $   1,491  $   1,118  $   1,716  $   1,889  $   1,627  $   1,267   $   4,553
    Total assets..................................      3,581      4,381      4,496      6,024     10,181     11,148      14,434
    Long-term debt (excluding current portion)....        716        985      1,000        604      2,314      3,022       1,522
    Stockholders' equity..........................      2,454      2,445      2,881      4,143      5,907      6,148      10,934
<FN>
------------------------------
(1)  Reflects the Company's utilization  of the remainder  of its net  operating
     loss carryforward in the third quarter of 1994.
(2)  Includes franchised store sales, as reported to the Company by franchisees,
     and Company-owned store sales.
(3)  Adjusted  to reflect the sale of 300,000  shares of Common Stock offered by
     the Company hereby (at an assumed  offering price of $18.00 per share)  and
     the  application  of  the estimated  net  proceeds therefrom.  See  "Use of
     Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

    Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, founded  in 1981, is a leading  developer,
franchisor  and operator of retail chocolate stores. The Company manufactures an
extensive line of  premium chocolate  candies and  other confectionery  products
from  its own proprietary  recipes for sale at  its franchised and Company-owned
stores. As of  July 31, 1995,  there were 165  Rocky Mountain Chocolate  Factory
stores, including 138 franchised stores and 27 Company-owned stores operating in
34  states, Canada and Bermuda. In the fiscal year ending February 29, 1996, the
Company expects to open between 25 and 30 new franchised stores and at least  17
new Company-owned stores.

    The  Company derives its  revenues from four  principal sources: (1) factory
sales, which  consist of  candy sales  to its  franchised store  locations;  (2)
retail  sales,  which consist  of  candy sales  at  retail by  its Company-owned
stores; (3) royalties and marketing fees, based on a franchisee's monthly  gross
sales;  and (4) franchise  fees, which consist  of fees earned  from the sale of
franchises.

    The  Company's  expansion  strategy  is   to  balance  the  growth  of   its
Company-owned  and franchised stores by increasing its emphasis on Company-owned
store expansion. As a  result, retail sales as  a percentage of total  chocolate
sales  (defined as the total of factory  sales and retail sales) are expected to
continue to increase. Cost of chocolate sales as a percentage of total chocolate
sales is expected to  decrease (with a corresponding  increase in gross  margin)
due  to an increase in retail sales as a percentage of total chocolate sales and
the associated higher gross margins  on retail sales. Also positively  affecting
cost  of chocolate sales are  the improving manufacturing efficiencies resulting
from the Company's  recent factory  expansion and additional  automation of  its
factory.

    The  Company capitalizes Company-owned store pre-opening costs up to $12,000
per store and amortizes such costs over the 12-month period following a  store's
opening.  Pre-opening costs consist of direct  costs related to the training and
hiring of the work force prior to the opening date as well as lease and  utility
expenses incurred prior to the opening date.

                                       11
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The  following table sets  forth, for the  periods indicated, the percentage
relationship to total  revenues, unless otherwise  indicated, of certain  income
statement data.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS
                                                   YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 OR 29,                     ENDED MAY 31,
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                        1991        1992        1993        1994        1995        1994        1995
                                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues:
  Factory sales....................       61.2%       52.9%       54.3%       53.4%       47.0%       41.0%       41.7%
  Retail sales.....................       20.1        27.5        25.2        28.2        36.9        34.5        39.6
  Royalties and marketing fees.....       16.3        16.0        14.3        13.2        11.8        14.0        12.1
  Franchise fees...................        2.4         3.6         6.2         5.2         4.3        10.5         6.6
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
    Total revenues.................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of chocolate sales(1).......       68.9%       65.8%       63.0%       59.3%       52.4%       52.6%       53.3%
  Franchise costs(2)...............       44.5        69.1        64.6        58.6        62.9        54.4        64.6
  General and administrative
   expenses........................       13.3        14.3        11.6        10.4         9.1        12.3         9.3
  Retail operating expenses(3).....       56.5        68.1        66.9        59.5        54.7        63.5        56.3
  Loss on Company-owned store
   closing.........................         --          --         0.9         0.3          --          --          --
Total costs and expenses(4)........       89.0        99.5        92.8        86.6        83.3        87.3        87.0
Operating income...................       11.0         0.5         7.2        13.4        16.7        12.7        13.0
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense.................       (1.2)       (1.5)       (1.5)       (0.9)       (1.1)       (0.9)       (1.7)
  Interest income..................        0.6         0.4         0.1         0.1         0.2         0.2         0.2
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
    Total other income (expense)...       (0.6)       (1.1)       (1.4)       (0.8)       (0.9)       (0.7)       (1.5)
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income (loss) before income tax
 expense...........................       10.4        (0.6)        5.8        12.6        15.8        12.0        11.5
Income tax expense.................         --          --          --         3.3         5.8         5.0         4.3
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Net income (loss)..................       10.4%       (0.6%)       5.8%        9.3%       10.0%        7.0%        7.2%
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                         -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
<FN>
------------------------------
(1)  As  a percentage of total chocolate sales  (defined as the total of factory
     sales and retail sales).
(2)  As a percentage of the total of royalties and marketing fees and  franchise
     fees.
(3)  As a percentage of retail sales.
(4)  As a percentage of total revenues.
</TABLE>

                                       12
<PAGE>
QUARTER ENDED MAY 31, 1995 COMPARED TO QUARTER ENDED MAY 31, 1994

REVENUES

    FACTORY SALES.  Factory sales increased $574,000 or 58.7% to $1.6 million in
the  first quarter of 1996,  compared to $978,000 in  the first quarter of 1995.
This increase resulted from the larger number of franchised stores in  existence
throughout the quarter and, to a lesser extent, an approximate 2% price increase
effected  in April 1995.  Same store pounds purchased  from the factory remained
constant in the first  quarter of 1996  compared to the  first quarter of  1995.
When  computing  same  store pounds  purchased  from the  factory,  purchases by
franchised stores open for 12 months in each period are compared.

    RETAIL SALES.  Retail sales increased  $650,000 or 79.1% to $1.5 million  in
the  first quarter of 1996,  compared to $822,000 in  the first quarter of 1995.
This increase resulted primarily from a larger number of Company-owned stores in
existence throughout the quarter. The impact of an approximate 2% price increase
and a 9.3%  same store sales  increase at Company-owned  stores also  positively
affected retail sales.

    ROYALTIES  AND MARKETING FEES  AND FRANCHISE FEES.   Royalties and marketing
fees increased  $116,000 or  34.7% to  $450,000 in  the first  quarter of  1996,
compared  to $334,000 in the first quarter  of 1995. This increase resulted from
increased royalties and marketing fees from a larger number of franchised stores
operating in the first quarter  of 1996 compared to  the first quarter of  1995,
together with increased same store sales at franchised stores of 5.5%. Franchise
fee revenues in the first quarter of 1996 approximated those earned in the first
quarter  of  1995. Although  franchise  signings increased  to  13 in  the first
quarter of 1996 from 10  in the first quarter  of 1995, franchise fees  remained
relatively  constant due  to differences  in the  timing of  revenue recognition
between the quarters.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

    COST OF CHOCOLATE  SALES.   Cost of  chocolate sales,  which includes  costs
incurred  by the Company  to manufacture candy sold  by its Company-owned stores
and to  its franchised  stores, increased  70.2% to  $1.6 million  in the  first
quarter  of 1996 from $947,000  in the first quarter  of 1995. Cost of chocolate
sales as a percentage of total chocolate sales (defined as the total of  factory
sales  and retail sales)  increased to 53.3%  in the first  quarter of 1996 from
52.6% in the first quarter of 1995. This increase in cost of chocolate sales  as
a  percentage of  total chocolate sales  resulted from startup  of the Company's
transportation  division  and   inclusion  for  the   first  time  of   material
transportation revenues and costs as part of factory sales and cost of chocolate
sales.  Without inclusion of  transportation division revenues  and costs, total
cost of  chocolate sales  would have  increased  to $1.5  million, and  cost  of
chocolate sales as a percentage of total chocolate sales would have decreased to
51.5%.  This improvement resulted from an increase in higher margin retail sales
as a percentage of total chocolate  sales, an approximate 2% factory and  retail
price  increase and improved  manufacturing efficiencies. Additionally, improved
manufacturing overhead  absorption  resulting  from  higher  factory  production
volumes  contributed to the decrease in cost  of chocolate sales as a percentage
of total chocolate sales, excluding the effect of the transportation division.

    FRANCHISE COSTS.  Franchise costs increased  41.5% to $450,000 in the  first
quarter  of 1996 from $318,000 in the first  quarter of 1995. As a percentage of
the total of royalties  and marketing fees and  franchise fees, franchise  costs
increased  to 64.6% of such fees in the  first quarter of 1996 from 54.4% in the
first quarter of  1995. The hiring  of additional field  support and  associated
administrative  personnel  to  support  the Company's  accelerated  pace  of new
franchise signing and store opening activities and the larger base of stores  is
a  partial cause of this increase.  Additionally, the Company incurred increased
expenses for promotional programs and marketing materials.

    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  General  and administrative  expenses
increased  18.0% to $347,000 in  the first quarter of  1996 from $294,000 in the
first quarter of 1995,  as a result of  increased professional fees incurred  to
support   the  Company's  accelerated  pace  of  franchise  signings  and  lease
negotiating  activities  and  increased   expense  for  administrative   support
personnel.  As  a  percentage  of  total  revenues,  general  and administrative
expenses declined to 9.3% in the first  quarter of 1996 from 12.3% in the  first
quarter  of  1995, primarily  due to  a significant  increase in  total revenues
without a proportionate increase in general and administrative expenses.

                                       13
<PAGE>
    RETAIL OPERATING EXPENSES.   Retail  operating expenses  increased 58.6%  to
$828,000  in the  first quarter of  1996 from  $522,000 in the  first quarter of
1995.  This  increase  resulted  from  the  effect  of  the  larger  number   of
Company-owned  stores in existence throughout the first quarter. As a percentage
of retail  sales, retail  operating  expenses declined  to  56.3% in  the  first
quarter  of 1996 from 63.5% in  the first quarter of 1995  as a result of higher
retail sales  without  a proportionate  increase  in expenses  due  to  improved
expense control at Company-owned stores.

OTHER EXPENSE

    Other  expense of  $55,000 incurred in  the first quarter  of 1996 increased
243.7% from the  $16,000 incurred in  the first quarter  of 1995. This  increase
resulted  from increased interest expense  associated with borrowings to finance
the Company's factory expansion.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

    The Company's effective  income tax rate  in the first  quarter of 1996  was
37.5% compared to 41.7% in the first quarter of 1995. The absolute 4.2% decrease
in  effective tax rates resulted from utilization of lower, more representative,
full year 1995 historical experience as a basis for estimating the effective tax
rate for the full year 1996.

FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994

REVENUES

    FACTORY SALES.   Factory  sales  increased $1.4  million  or 28.0%  to  $6.4
million  in  1995, compared  to  $5.0 million  in  1994. This  increase resulted
primarily from the larger  number of franchised  stores in existence  throughout
the  year and, to a  lesser extent, from an  approximate 2% price increase. Same
store pounds purchased from the factory declined 5.7% in 1995 due to an  overall
increase  in  the  amount  of store-made  product  relative  to factory-supplied
product sold at franchised locations. When computing same store pounds purchased
from the factory,  purchases by  franchised stores open  for 12  months in  each
period are compared.

    RETAIL  SALES.  Retail sales increased $2.4 million or 90.3% to $5.0 million
in 1995, compared to $2.6 million in 1994. This increase resulted primarily from
13 Company-owned stores opened  in 1995 and  a full year  of operations for  the
eight   Company-owned  stores  opened  in  1994.  The  full-year  impact  of  an
approximate  2%  price  increase  and  a  3.0%  same  store  sales  increase  at
Company-owned stores also positively affected retail sales.

    ROYALTIES  AND MARKETING FEES  AND FRANCHISE FEES.   Royalties and marketing
fees increased  $374,000 or  30.3% to  $1.6 million  in 1995,  compared to  $1.2
million  in 1994.  This increase resulted  from increased  royalty and marketing
fees from 30 franchised stores opened in 1995 and a full year of operations  for
the  30 franchised  stores opened  in 1994,  together with  increased same store
sales at franchised stores of approximately 2%. The $94,000 or 19.3% increase in
franchise fees to $582,000 in 1995 as compared to $488,000 in 1994 was due to 39
new franchises sold in 1995 compared to 33 in 1994.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

    COST OF CHOCOLATE  SALES.   Cost of  chocolate sales,  which includes  costs
incurred  by the Company  to manufacture candy sold  by its Company-owned stores
and to its franchised stores, increased 32.1% to $6.0 million in 1995 from  $4.5
million  in 1994.  Cost of  chocolate sales as  a percentage  of total chocolate
sales (defined as  the total  of factory sales  and retail  sales) decreased  to
52.4%  in 1995 from 59.3% in 1994. This decrease in cost of chocolate sales as a
percentage of total chocolate sales resulted  from an increase in higher  margin
retail sales as a percentage of total chocolate sales, an approximate 2% factory
and  retail  price increase  and  improved manufacturing  efficiencies resulting
largely from the  six-month impact of  the Company's factory  expansion and  the
implementation  of additional automation at  the factory. Additionally, improved
manufacturing overhead  absorption,  resulting from  higher  factory  production
volumes,  contributed to the decrease in cost of chocolate sales as a percentage
of total chocolate sales.

    FRANCHISE COSTS.  Franchise  costs increased 36.6% to  $1.4 million in  1995
from  $1.0  million in  1994.  As a  percentage of  the  total of  royalties and
marketing   fees   and   franchise   fees,   franchise   costs   increased    to

                                       14
<PAGE>
62.9%  of such fees in  1995 from 58.6% in 1994.  The hiring of additional field
support  and  associated  administrative  personnel  to  support  the  Company's
accelerated  pace of new franchise signing  and store opening activities and the
larger base of stores is the  partial cause of this increase. Additionally,  the
Company  incurred  increased  expenses for  promotional  programs  and marketing
materials.

    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  General  and administrative  expenses
increased  27.3% to $1.2 million  in 1995 from $969,000 in  1994, as a result of
increased professional fees incurred to  support the Company's accelerated  pace
of franchise signings and lease negotiating activities and increased expense for
administrative support personnel. As a percentage of total revenues, general and
administrative  expenses declined to 9.1% in  1995 from 10.4% in 1994, primarily
due to a significant increase in total revenues without a proportionate increase
in general and administrative expenses.

    RETAIL OPERATING EXPENSES.   Retail  operating expenses  increased 75.0%  to
$2.7  million in 1995 from $1.6 million in 1994. This increase resulted from the
effect of the larger number of Company-owned stores in existence throughout  the
fiscal year. As a percentage of retail sales, retail operating expenses declined
to 54.7% in 1995 from 59.5% in 1994 as a result of higher retail sales without a
proportionate   increase  in  expenses  due   to  improved  expense  control  at
Company-owned stores.

OTHER EXPENSE

    Other expense of $130,000 incurred in  fiscal 1995 increased 66.7% from  the
$78,000  incurred in fiscal 1994. This increase resulted from increased interest
expense associated with borrowings to finance the Company's factory expansion.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

    The Company's effective income tax rate in 1995 was 36.9% in comparison with
26.5% in 1994. The absolute 10.4% increase in effective tax rates resulted  from
full  utilization  of  remaining  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  in  1994,
offsetting income through  the second quarter  of that year.  By comparison,  in
1995, all income was fully taxed at the Company's effective income tax rate.

FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993

REVENUES

    FACTORY  SALES.   Factory  sales  increased $1.2  million  or 31.6%  to $5.0
million in  1994  compared to  $3.8  million  in 1993.  This  increase  resulted
primarily  from the larger  number of franchised  stores in existence throughout
the year and, to a  lesser extent, from an  approximate 3% price increase.  Same
store  pounds purchased from the factory  remained constant in 1994, compared to
1993. When computing same store pounds purchased from the factory, purchases  by
franchised stores open for 12 months in each period are compared.

    RETAIL  SALES.  Retail sales increased $879,000  or 49.9% to $2.6 million in
1994, compared to $1.8  million in 1993. This  increase resulted primarily  from
the  opening of eight new Company-owned stores  in 1994. The full year impact of
an approximate  3% price  increase and  a 1.3%  same store  sales increase  also
positively affected retail sales.

    ROYALTIES  AND  MARKETING  FEES  AND FRANCHISE  FEES.    Royalties increased
$233,000 or 23.3% to  $1.2 million in  1994, compared to  $1.0 million in  1993.
This  increase  resulted from  increased royalties  and  marketing fees  from 30
franchised stores  opened in  1994 and  a full  year of  operations for  the  18
franchised  stores opened in  1993, together with increased  same store sales at
franchised stores of approximately 1.3%. The $51,000 increase in franchise  fees
to  $488,000 in 1994 compared  to $437,000 in 1993 was  due to 33 new franchises
sold in 1994 compared to 29 in 1993.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

    COST OF CHOCOLATE  SALES.   Cost of  chocolate sales,  which includes  costs
incurred  by the Company  to manufacture candy sold  by its Company-owned stores
and to its franchised stores, increased 29.2% to $4.5 million in 1994 from  $3.5
million  in 1993.  Cost of  chocolate sales as  a percentage  of total chocolate
sales (defined as  the total  of factory sales  and retail  sales) decreased  to
59.3% in 1994 from 63.0% in 1993 as a

                                       15
<PAGE>
result  of an increase  in higher margin  retail sales as  a percentage of total
chocolate sales,  an  approximate  3%  factory and  retail  price  increase  and
improved   manufacturing  efficiencies  and  manufacturing  overhead  absorption
resulting from higher factory production volumes.

    FRANCHISE COSTS.   Franchise costs increased  8.5% to $1.0  million in  1994
from  $929,000 in 1993. As a percentage  of the total of royalties and marketing
fees and franchise fees, franchise costs declined to 58.6% in 1994 from 64.6% in
1993, as a result of an increase  in such fees without a proportionate  increase
in franchise costs.

    GENERAL  AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  General  and administrative expenses
increased 18.9% to $969,000  in 1994 from $815,000  in 1993. Increased  expenses
resulted  from an increased  reserve for bad  debts, a specific  reserve for the
potential closing of one Company-owned store and increased expense incurred  for
administrative support personnel. As a percentage of total revenues, general and
administrative  expenses declined to 10.4% in 1994 from 11.6% in 1993, primarily
due to a significant increase in total revenues without a proportionate increase
in general and administrative expenses.

    RETAIL OPERATING EXPENSES.   Retail  operating expenses  increased 33.1%  to
$1.6  million in 1994 from $1.2 million in 1993. This increase resulted from the
effect of the larger number of Company-owned stores in existence throughout  the
year.  As a  percentage of retail  sales, retail operating  expenses declined to
59.5% in 1994 from 66.9%  in 1993 as a result  of higher retail sales without  a
proportionate increase in expenses.

OTHER EXPENSE

    Other expense of $78,000 incurred in 1994 declined from the $96,000 incurred
in  1993. This decrease resulted from increased interest income caused by higher
invested cash balances in  1994 in comparison with  that existing for the  prior
year.  Additionally, for most of the first  quarter of 1993 interest expense was
incurred on borrowings under the Company's line of credit. Because of  available
cash surpluses, borrowings under this line were unnecessary in 1994.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

    The  Company  exhausted its  net operating  loss  carryforward in  the third
quarter  of  1994.  In  1993,  $3,000  was  recorded  as  income  tax   expense,
representing  alternative minimum tax.  In 1994, $311,000  in income tax expense
(an effective  tax rate  of 26.5%)  was recorded  representing taxes  on  income
following full utilization of the net operating loss carryforward.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Historically,  the Company has funded its operations and Company-owned store
expansion program from operating cash flows. During 1995, the Company  generated
approximately  $1.7 million in operating cash flows. In 1995, the Company opened
13 new Company-owned stores and effected a major factory expansion. The  Company
believes  the  factory expansion  will  allow the  Company  to meet  current and
anticipated future product  needs for  the next several  years. As  part of  the
expansion,  the Company automated certain  additional production processes. This
expansion has been funded by a  combination of real estate and chattel  mortgage
financing and operating cash flows.

    At  May 31, 1995, working capital was  $1.3 million compared to $1.6 million
at February 28,  1995 and  $1.9 million at  February 28,  1994. These  decreases
resulted  from  use of  the  Company's improved  operating  cash flows  and cash
balances to fund elements of  the Company's factory expansion and  Company-owned
store  expansion. Cash and cash equivalent balances decreased to $137,000 at May
31, 1995 from $383,000 at February 28,  1995 and $997,000 at February 28,  1994,
as a result of this use of cash flows and balances.

    The  Company's long-term debt  includes a 20-year  real estate mortgage loan
obtained in June 1994 ($1.7 million  principal outstanding at May 31, 1995).  In
addition,  the  Company  has  a  $1.5  million  chattel  mortgage  facility (the
"Facility"), the entire  amount of which  is outstanding. The  Company also  has
outstanding  a $750,000 chattel mortgage term loan obtained in June 1994 under a
prior facility. The aggregate $2.25  million outstanding under the Facility  and
the  chattel mortgage term loan was  incurred to support the Company's financing
needs for  completion  of the  factory  expansion and  for  Company-owned  store
openings  and is  secured by the  Company's inventory,  equipment, furniture and
fixtures. The Company

                                       16
<PAGE>
intends to retire the $1.5 million outstanding under the Facility with a portion
of the  proceeds  of this  Offering.  See  "Use of  Proceeds."  For  information
regarding the terms of the Company's long-term debt, see Note C to the Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

    The  Company has a $1.0  million working capital line  of credit, secured by
accounts receivable. The line had a zero  balance at May 31, 1995. Terms of  the
loan  require that  the line be  rested (that  is, that there  be no outstanding
balance) for two periods  of 30 consecutive  days during the  term of the  loan,
which expires in July 1996. Interest on the line is at prime.

    In 1996, the Company anticipates making $4.1 million in capital expenditures
in  comparison with $4.5  million in 1995. As  of May 31,  1995, the Company had
made  approximately  $1.5  million   in  capital  expenditures,  primarily   for
completion of its factory expansion and the opening of new Company-owned stores.
The  remaining  $2.6  million expected  to  be  expended in  1996  will  be used
primarily for the opening of new Company-owned stores.

    The Company believes that  the proceeds from this  Offering, cash flow  from
operating  activities and available  bank lines of credit  will be sufficient to
service debt,  fund  anticipated  capital  expenditures  and  provide  necessary
working capital for the next several years. There can be no guarantees, however,
that unforeseen events will not require the Company to secure additional sources
of  financing. The Company may also seek additional financing from time to time,
through borrowings or public or private offerings of equity or debt  securities,
to fund its future expansion plans.

IMPACT OF INFLATION

    Inflationary factors such as increases in the costs of ingredients and labor
directly  affect the Company's operations. Most  of the Company's leases provide
for cost-of-living  adjustments  and require  it  to pay  taxes,  insurance  and
maintenance  expenses, all of  which are subject  to inflation. Additionally the
Company's  future  lease  cost  for  new  facilities  may  reflect   potentially
escalating costs of real estate and construction. There is no assurance that the
Company will be able to pass on its increased costs to its customers.

QUARTERLY RESULTS

    The  Company  is  subject to  seasonal  fluctuations in  sales,  which cause
fluctuations in  quarterly results  of operations.  Historically, the  strongest
sales  of the Company's  products have occurred during  the Christmas and summer
vacation seasons. In addition,  quarterly results have been,  and in the  future
are  likely to  be, affected by  the timing of  new store openings  and sales of
franchises. Because of the seasonality of the Company's business and the  impact
of  new store openings and sales of  franchises, results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be achieved in other quarters or  for
a full fiscal year.

    The  following is an unaudited summary of the Company's quarterly results of
operations for the  years ended February  28, 1994  and 1995 and  for the  first
quarter of 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           QUARTER ENDED
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
                                                         MAY 31,    AUGUST 31,   NOVEMBER 30,   FEBRUARY 28,
                                                       -----------  -----------  -------------  -------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
TOTAL REVENUES:
  1994...............................................   $   1,585    $   2,223     $   2,856      $   2,696
  1995...............................................       2,385        3,197         4,274          3,760
  1996...............................................       3,720       --            --             --
NET INCOME:
  1994...............................................   $     143    $     302     $     295      $     121
  1995...............................................         168          377           483            322
  1996...............................................         268       --            --             --
INCOME PER COMMON SHARE (FULLY DILUTED):
  1994...............................................   $     .05    $     .12     $     .11      $     .05
  1995...............................................         .07          .14           .18            .12
  1996...............................................         .10       --            --             --
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    The  Company  is  a leading  developer,  franchisor and  operator  of retail
chocolate  stores.  The  Company  manufactures  an  extensive  line  of  premium
chocolate  candies  and other  confectionery products  from its  own proprietary
recipes for sale  at its  franchised and Company-owned  stores. As  of July  31,
1995,  there were  165 Rocky  Mountain Chocolate  Factory stores,  including 138
franchised stores and 27 Company-owned stores operating in 34 states, Canada and
Bermuda.

    The Company believes  that its  principal competitive strengths  lie in  its
name  recognition;  its reputation  for the  quality, variety  and taste  of its
products; the special ambiance  of its stores; its  knowledge and experience  in
applying  criteria  for  selection  of new  store  locations;  its  expertise in
manufacturing, merchandising and marketing of chocolate candy products; and  the
control  and training  infrastructures it  has implemented  to assure consistent
customer service and  execution of  successful practices and  techniques at  its
franchised  and  Company-owned  stores.  In addition,  the  Company  believes it
derives a competitive strength by manufacturing its own products, through  which
the  Company  can  better maintain  its  high product  quality  standards, offer
proprietary products, manage  costs, control production  and shipment  schedules
and potentially pursue new or under-utilized distribution channels.

    The  total  U.S.  candy market  exceeded  $14.0  billion of  sales  in 1994,
according to the National Confectionery Association. Candy sales have risen  29%
since  1988, with an average annual growth  rate of between 4% and 6%, according
to United States Department of Commerce figures. According to the Department  of
Commerce,  per  capita  consumption  of chocolate  exceeds  10  pounds  per year
nationally, generating  annual sales  of approximately  $7.0 billion.  Sales  of
chocolate  products  are  expected to  grow  at a  rate  of 3%  to  4% annually,
according to THE CANDY MARKET.

STORE LOCATIONS

    The  map  below  illustrates  the  location  by  state  of  franchised   and
Company-owned stores in the United States as of July 31, 1995.

                                 [MAP]

                                       18
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY

    The  Company's objective is to build on its position as a leading franchisor
and operator of retail chocolate stores in the United States and to  continually
seek  opportunities  to  profitably  expand  its  business.  To  accomplish this
objective, the Company employs a  business strategy that includes the  following
elements:

    PRODUCT  QUALITY AND VARIETY.   The Company  maintains the unsurpassed taste
and quality  of  its  candies by  using  only  the finest  chocolate  and  other
wholesome  ingredients. The Company uses  its own proprietary recipes, primarily
developed by its master candy maker, who has over 40 years of experience in  the
confectionery  industry. A typical Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory store offers
up to 100 of the Company's chocolate candies throughout the year and as many  as
200,  including many  packaged candies,  during the  holiday seasons. Individual
stores also offer  more than  15 varieties  of premium  fudge as  well as  other
products prepared in the store from Company recipes.

    STORE  ATMOSPHERE AND AMBIANCE.  The Company seeks to establish an enjoyable
and inviting atmosphere  in each  Rocky Mountain Chocolate  Factory store.  Each
store  prepares certain products, including  fudge, brittles and caramel apples,
in the store. In-store preparation is  designed both to be fun and  entertaining
for  customers and  to convey  an image of  freshness and  homemade quality. The
special ambiance of  Rocky Mountain  Chocolate Factory stores  is also  achieved
through  the use of distinctive  decor designed to give  the store an attractive
country  Victorian  look.  The  Company's  design  staff  has  developed  easily
replicable  designs  and  specifications  to  ensure  that  the  Rocky  Mountain
Chocolate Factory concept is consistently implemented throughout the system.

    SITE SELECTION.  Careful selection of a site is critical to the success of a
Rocky Mountain  Chocolate Factory  store.  Many factors  are considered  by  the
Company  in  identifying  suitable  sites,  including  tenant  mix,  visibility,
attractiveness, accessibility, level of foot traffic and occupancy costs.  Final
site  selection, for both franchised and Company-owned stores, occurs only after
the Company's senior management has approved the site. The Company believes that
the experience of its management team in  evaluating a potential site is one  of
the Company's competitive strengths.

    CUSTOMER  SERVICE  COMMITMENT.   The  Company emphasizes  excellent customer
service and seeks to employ, and to sell franchises to, motivated and  energetic
people.  The Company has implemented sales  incentive programs for the employees
of franchised and Company-owned stores so that the store personnel having direct
contact with customers share  in the success of  their stores. The Company  also
fosters  enthusiasm for its  customer service philosophy  and the Rocky Mountain
Chocolate Factory  concept  through  its annual  franchisee  convention,  annual
regional  meetings and  other frequent contacts  with its  franchisees and store
managers.

    ENHANCED  OPERATING  EFFICIENCIES.    The  Company  seeks  to  maximize  its
profitability   by  controlling  costs  and  improving  the  efficiency  of  its
operations.  Recent  efforts  include  the  purchase  of  additional   automated
equipment such as a computer-controlled shell-filling machine for truffles and a
candy  bar molding  machine, which  enable the  Company to  produce truffles and
candy bars much  more quickly and  at a  lower cost. The  Company also  recently
completed  a factory expansion and  began operating a small  fleet of trucks for
the shipment of  its products.  These measures have  significantly improved  the
Company's ability to deliver its products to franchised and Company-owned stores
safely, quickly and cost-effectively.

EXPANSION STRATEGY

    The  Company opened its first Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory store in 1981
and at the  end of fiscal  1992 had  a total of  72 stores, most  of which  were
franchised.  Over the last  three years, the  Company has more  than doubled its
total number of  stores. As  of July  31, 1995,  there were  165 Rocky  Mountain
Chocolate  Factory stores, including 138  franchised stores and 27 Company-owned
stores operating in 34 states, Canada  and Bermuda. In fiscal 1996, the  Company
expects  to open  between 25 and  30 new franchised  stores and at  least 17 new
Company-owned stores. Key elements of the Company's expansion strategy include:

    AGGRESSIVE, BALANCED GROWTH.  The Company's expansion strategy is to balance
the growth of its Company-owned and franchised stores by increasing its emphasis
on Company-owned  store  expansion. A  Company-owned  store provides  a  greater
potential   economic   return   to   the   Company   than   does   a  franchised

                                       19
<PAGE>
store. In many cases, the Company is  able to take advantage of a promising  new
location  by  establishing  a Company-owned  store  when  a delay  in  finding a
qualified franchisee might jeopardize the Company's ability to secure the  site.
Company-owned  stores also provide a training ground for Company-owned store and
district managers  and  a  controllable  testing ground  for  new  products  and
promotions,  operating and  training methods  and merchandising  techniques. The
Company will continue  to open  additional franchised stores,  which enable  the
Company  to  expand its  system  more quickly  with  no capital  investment. The
Company  believes  that   its  recent   factory  expansion   has  provided   the
manufacturing  capacity necessary to  support the Company's  expansion plans for
the next several years.

    HIGH TRAFFIC ENVIRONMENTS.  The Company currently establishes franchised and
Company-owned stores  in  three  primary  environments:  factory  outlet  malls,
tourist  environments and  regional malls,  with a  particular focus  on factory
outlet mall  locations. Although  each of  these environments  has a  number  of
attractive  features, including a high level of foot traffic, the factory outlet
mall environment currently offers the  best combination of tenant mix,  customer
spending   characteristics  and  favorable  occupancy  costs.  The  Company  has
established a business relationship with the major outlet mall developers in the
United States  and  believes  that  these  relationships  provide  it  with  the
opportunity  to take  advantage of attractive  sites in new  and existing outlet
malls.

    NAME RECOGNITION  AND NEW  MARKET  PENETRATION.   The Company  believes  the
visibility of its stores and the high tourist traffic at its factory outlet mall
and  tourist locations has generated strong  name recognition and demand for its
franchises. The Rocky  Mountain Chocolate Factory  system has historically  been
concentrated  in the western  United States and the  Rocky Mountains, but recent
growth has  generated  a gradual  easterly  momentum as  new  Company-owned  and
franchised  stores have  been opened  in the eastern  half of  the country. This
growth has further increased the Company's  name recognition and demand for  its
franchises.  The Company believes  its growing name  recognition will facilitate
the continued expansion of the Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory system into  new
market areas.

    NEW  STORE CONCEPT.  The Company has developed a new store concept, which it
believes  may  allow  it  to  expand   its  presence  in  its  existing   market
environments,  particularly  regional  malls.  The  concept  will  use  creative
lighting, music, animation  and movement  to entertain customers  and appeal  to
both  children and adults. Two prototype stores are expected to be opened in the
current fiscal year or early  in fiscal 1997. The new  store concept will use  a
different  name and sell a different line of candies than the Company's existing
concept. The Company does not believe the new concept will compete with existing
Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores.

    The following  table  sets forth  the  number of  Rocky  Mountain  Chocolate
Factory stores opened and closed during the last five fiscal years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 OR 29,
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1991         1992         1993         1994         1995
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Company-owned stores:
  Opened...................................................           0            5            1            8           13
  Closed...................................................           1            0            1            1            1
  Acquired from franchisees................................           1            1            0            0            1
  Sold to franchisees......................................           0            0            2            1            4
    Total open at year end.................................           3            9            7           13           22
Franchised stores:
  Opened...................................................           5            8           18           30           30
  Closed...................................................          10            5            2            6            8
  Acquired from Company....................................           0            0            2            1            4
  Sold to Company..........................................           1            1            0            0            1
    Total open at year end.................................          61           63           81          106          131
System-wide stores:
  Opened...................................................           5           13           19           38           43
  Closed...................................................          11            5            3            7            9
    Total open at year end.................................          64           72           88          119          153
</TABLE>

                                       20
<PAGE>
    As  of  July 31,  1995,  the Company  had  signed leases  for  13 additional
Company-owned stores (all in factory outlet malls) and 19 additional  franchised
stores  (all in factory outlet malls), and is currently completing the screening
of qualified franchisees  to operate  such franchised stores.  In addition,  the
Company  is in the process of negotiating leases for 37 additional Company-owned
or  franchised  stores,  31   of  which  will  be   in  factory  outlet   malls.
Implementation   of  the  Company's  expansion   plans  is  subject  to  various
contingencies, including the  availability of  suitable sites  and of  qualified
franchisees.

STORE CONCEPT

    The  Company seeks to establish  a fun and inviting  atmosphere in its Rocky
Mountain Chocolate Factory stores. Unlike most other confectionery stores,  each
Rocky  Mountain  Chocolate Factory  store  prepares certain  products, including
fudge and caramel apples,  in the store. Customers  can observe store  personnel
make  fudge  from  start  to  finish, including  the  mixing  of  ingredients in
old-fashioned copper  kettles and  the  cooling of  the  fudge on  large  marble
tables,  and  are often  invited  to sample  the  store's products.  The Company
believes that an average of approximately  30% of the revenues of  Company-owned
and  franchised  stores  are generated  by  sales  of products  prepared  on the
premises. The  Company  believes  the  in-store preparation  and  aroma  of  its
products  enhance the ambiance  at Rocky Mountain  Chocolate Factory stores, are
fun and entertaining  for its  customers and convey  an image  of freshness  and
homemade quality.

    Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores have a distinctive country Victorian
decor,  which  further enhances  their friendly  and enjoyable  atmosphere. Each
store includes finely-crafted wood cabinetry,  copper and brass accents,  etched
mirrors  and large marble tables on which  fudge and other products are made. To
ensure that all stores  conform to the Rocky  Mountain Chocolate Factory  image,
the  Company's  design staff  provides working  drawings and  specifications and
approves the construction plans for each new franchised or Company-owned  store.
The Company also controls the signage and building materials that may be used in
the stores.

    The average store size is approximately 1,000 square feet, approximately 650
square  feet of which is selling space. Most  stores are open seven days a week.
Typical hours are 10 a.m. to 9 p.m.,  Monday through Saturday, and 12 noon to  6
p.m.  on  Sundays. Store  hours in  tourist  areas may  vary depending  upon the
tourist season.  The Company's  average cash  investment for  the  Company-owned
stores  opened during  1995, excluding  pre-opening costs  but including initial
inventories, was approximately $126,000.

PRODUCTS AND PACKAGING

    The Company typically produces approximately 250 chocolate candies and other
confectionery products,  using proprietary  recipes developed  primarily by  the
Company's master candy maker. These products include many varieties of clusters,
caramels,  creams, mints and  truffles. The Company  also produces custom-molded
theme candy bars tailored to  promotional concepts of individual stores.  During
the  Christmas, Easter and Valentine's Day holiday seasons, the Company may make
as many as  300 additional  items, including  many candies  offered in  packages
specially  designed for the holidays. A typical Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory
store offers up to 100 of these candies throughout the year and up to 200 during
holiday seasons. Individual stores  also offer more than  15 premium fudges  and
other  products prepared in  the store. The  Company believes that approximately
50% of the revenues of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores are generated  by
products  manufactured at  the Company's  factory, 30%  by products  made in the
store using  Company  recipes and  ingredients  purchased from  the  Company  or
approved  suppliers and the remaining  20% by products, such  as ice cream, soft
drinks and other sundries, purchased from approved suppliers.

    The Company uses only the finest  chocolates, nut meats and other  wholesome
ingredients  in  its candies.  In February  1995  the Company's  Valentine's Day
gift-boxed  chocolates  were  awarded  MONEY  MAGAZINE's  top  rating  and  were
described as having "superior flavor" which is "intense" and "natural."

    Chocolate  candies manufactured by the Company are sold at Company-owned and
franchised stores at  prices ranging from  $11.00 to $16.00  per pound, with  an
average  price of  $12.00 per  pound. Franchisees  set their  own retail prices,
though the Company does recommend prices for all its products.

                                       21
<PAGE>
    The Company continually strives to offer new confectionery products in order
to maintain the excitement and appeal of its products. For example, the  Company
has  recently added cookie  dough to its  line of products.  Many Rocky Mountain
Chocolate Factory stores now offer these  cookies, which are baked fresh in  the
stores.

    The Company's in-house graphics designers create packaging that reflects the
country  Victorian theme of  its stores. The  Company develops special packaging
for the Christmas, Valentine's Day and  Easter holidays, and customers can  have
their purchases packaged in decorative boxes and fancy tins throughout the year.
The  Company's new packaging for its  Rocky Mountain Mints recently received the
AWARD OF EXCELLENCE from the National Paperbox Association.

OPERATING ENVIRONMENTS

    The Company  currently establishes  franchised and  Company-owned stores  in
three  primary environments:  factory outlet  malls, tourist  areas and regional
malls, with a particular focus on  factory outlet mall locations. Although  each
of these environments has a number of attractive features, including high levels
of  foot traffic, the factory outlet  mall environment currently offers the best
combination of tenant mix, customer spending characteristics and favorable  rent
structures.

    FACTORY  OUTLET MALLS.  There are  approximately 325 factory outlet malls in
the United States, and as of July  31, 1995 there were Rocky Mountain  Chocolate
Factory  stores  in approximately  70 of  these malls  in 32  states. Management
believes that approximately 25 new factory outlet locations will be  established
each  year for  at least  the next  several years.  The Company  has established
business relationships  with the  major  outlet mall  developers in  the  United
States.  Although not all  factory outlet malls  provide desirable locations for
Rocky Mountain  Chocolate  Factory  stores, management  believes  the  Company's
relationships with these developers will provide it with the opportunity to take
advantage of attractive sites in new and existing outlet malls.

    TOURIST  AREAS.   As of  July 31,  1995, there  were approximately  60 Rocky
Mountain Chocolate  Factory  stores in  franchised  locations considered  to  be
tourist  areas, including Aspen,  Colorado; Fisherman's Wharf  in San Francisco,
California; and the Riverwalk  in San Antonio, Texas.  Although some have  short
selling  seasons, many tourist areas are  very attractive locations because they
offer  high   levels   of  foot   traffic   and  favorable   customer   spending
characteristics,   and  greatly  increase  the  Company's  visibility  and  name
recognition. The Company believes there are significant opportunities to  expand
into additional tourist areas with high levels of foot traffic.

    REGIONAL  MALLS.  There are approximately 2,500 regional malls in the United
States, and as  of July  31, 1995 there  were Rocky  Mountain Chocolate  Factory
stores  in approximately 20 of these,  including the franchised locations in the
Mall of America in Bloomington, Minnesota; Escondido, California; Fort  Collins,
Colorado;  and  West Palm  Beach,  Florida. Although  often  providing favorable
levels  of  foot  traffic,  regional  malls  typically  involve  expensive  rent
structures  rendering economic  criteria for  investment in  such locations more
difficult to satisfy.

    The Company believes there are a number of other environments that have  the
characteristics  necessary  for  the  successful  operation  of  Rocky  Mountain
Chocolate Factory  stores  or  the  sale of  the  Company's  products,  such  as
airports,  sports  arenas and  corporate  sales. Two  franchised  Rocky Mountain
Chocolate Factory  stores  recently  opened  in  the  new  Denver  International
Airport.

FRANCHISING PROGRAM

    GENERAL.    The  Company  believes  it  has  excellent  relations  with  its
franchisees. The Company's philosophy  is one of service  and commitment to  its
franchise  system, and  it continuously seeks  to improve  its franchise support
services. The Company's concept  has consistently been  rated as an  outstanding
franchise   opportunity   by   publications   and   organizations   rating  such
opportunities. In  February 1995,  Rocky Mountain  Chocolate Factory  was  rated
seventh in SUCCESS MAGAZINE's "Franchise Gold 100" most desirable franchises. As
of  July  31, 1995,  there  were 138  franchised  stores in  the  Rocky Mountain
Chocolate Factory system.

                                       22
<PAGE>
    FRANCHISEE SOURCING  AND SELECTION.    The majority  of new  franchises  are
awarded to persons referred by existing franchisees, to interested consumers who
have   visited  Rocky  Mountain   Chocolate  Factory  stores   and  to  existing
franchisees. The Company  also advertises  for new franchisees  in national  and
regional  newspapers as suitable potential store locations come to the Company's
attention. Franchisees  are  approved  by  the  Company  on  the  basis  of  the
applicant's  net worth and liquidity, together  with an assessment of work ethic
and  personality  compatibility   with  the   Company's  operating   philosophy.
Currently,  16 domestic  franchisees own  two or  more Rocky  Mountain Chocolate
Factory stores  and 80  domestic franchisees  own a  single store.  The  largest
number of stores owned by a single domestic franchisee is five.

    In  fiscal 1992, the Company entered  into a franchise development agreement
covering  Canada  with  Immaculate  Confections,  Ltd.  of  Vancouver,   British
Columbia.  Pursuant  to  this agreement,  Immaculate  Confections  purchased the
exclusive right to franchise and operate Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores
in Canada. The agreement requires the  franchise developer to open a minimum  of
20  stores over a five-year  period and to comply  with certain minimum purchase
requirements. As of July 31, 1995, there were 17 Canadian stores in operation.

    TRAINING AND  SUPPORT.   Each domestic  franchisee owner/operator  and  each
store  manager  for  a domestic  franchisee  is  required to  complete  a 10-day
comprehensive training program  in store operation  and management. The  Company
has  established a training center at its  Durango headquarters in the form of a
full-sized replica  of a  properly configured  and merchandised  Rocky  Mountain
Chocolate  Factory  store. Topics  covered in  the  training course  include the
Company's philosophy  of  store  operation  and  management,  customer  service,
merchandising,  pricing, cooking, inventory and cost control, quality standards,
record keeping, labor scheduling and personnel management. Training is based  on
standard  operating policies  and procedures  contained in  an operations manual
provided to all franchisees, which the franchisee is required to follow by terms
of the franchise agreement. Additionally, and importantly, trainees are provided
with a complete  orientation to  Company operations  by working  in key  factory
operational  areas and by meeting  with each member of  the senior management of
Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory. Training continues through the opening of  the
store,  where Company  field personnel  assist and  guide the  franchisee in all
areas of operation.

    The Company's operating objectives  include providing Company knowledge  and
expertise  in merchandising,  marketing and  customer service  to all front-line
store level employees to  maximize their skills and  ensure that they are  fully
versed  in  the  Company's  proven  techniques.  To  this  end,  the  Company is
developing a multimedia, interactive,  computer-based training program to  allow
franchisees  to successfully  and consistently  train their  employees in proper
customer service, merchandising and administration techniques and practices.

    The Company  provides  ongoing  support  to  franchisees  through  its  five
district  managers,  who maintain  regular and  frequent communication  with the
stores by  phone and  by site  visits.  The district  managers also  review  and
discuss  with  the franchisee  store operating  results  and provide  advice and
guidance in improving store profitability and in developing and executing  store
marketing  and  merchandising programs.  The  Company has  recently  developed a
handbook containing a  "pre-packaged" local store  marketing plan, which  allows
franchisees  to implement  cost-effective promotional programs  that have proven
successful in other Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores.

    Regional  conferences  are  held   each  fall  with   a  focus  on   holiday
merchandising  techniques in  preparation for  the fall  and Christmas holidays.
Additionally, the Company holds an annual convention each May, at which seminars
and  workshops  are  presented  on  subjects  considered  vital  to   continuing
improvement in operating results of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores.

    QUALITY STANDARDS AND CONTROL.  The franchise agreement requires franchisees
to   comply  with  the  Company's  procedures  of  operation  and  food  quality
specifications and to permit audits and inspections by the Company.

    Operating standards  for Rocky  Mountain Chocolate  Factory stores  are  set
forth  in  operating manuals.  These manuals  cover general  operations, factory
ordering, merchandising and advertising and accounting

                                       23
<PAGE>
procedures. Through their regular visits to franchised stores, Company  district
managers  audit performance and adherence to  Company standards. The Company has
the right  to terminate  any  franchise agreement  for non-compliance  with  the
Company's  operating standards. Products sold at the stores and ingredients used
in the  preparation  of  products  approved  for  on-site  preparation  must  be
purchased from the Company or from approved suppliers.

    THE  FRANCHISE AGREEMENT: TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  The domestic offer and sale
of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory franchises is made by its Uniform  Franchise
Offering  Circular  prepared  in  accordance with  federal  and  state  laws and
regulations. States that regulate the sale and operation of franchises require a
franchisor to register with the state authorities prior to offering and  selling
franchises in those states.

    Under  the current form of domestic franchise agreement, franchisees pay the
Company (i) an initial franchise fee  of $19,500 for each store, (ii)  royalties
equal  to 5% of  monthly gross sales, and  (iii) a marketing fee  equal to 1% of
monthly gross sales. Franchisees are generally granted exclusive territory  only
in  the immediate vicinity of  their stores. Chocolate products  not made on the
premises  by  franchisees  must  be  purchased  from  the  Company  or  approved
suppliers.

    The  franchise agreement requires  franchisees to comply  with the Company's
procedures of operation and food  quality specifications, to permit  inspections
and  audits by the  Company and to  remodel stores to  conform with standards in
effect from time to  time for the Rocky  Mountain Chocolate Factory system.  The
Company may terminate the franchise agreement upon the failure of the franchisee
to  comply  with the  conditions of  the  agreement and  upon the  occurrence of
certain events,  such as  insolvency  or bankruptcy  of  the franchisee  or  the
commission by the franchisee of any unlawful or deceptive practice, which in the
judgment  of  the  Company is  likely  to  adversely affect  the  Rocky Mountain
Chocolate  Factory  system.  The   Company's  ability  to  terminate   franchise
agreements  pursuant to such provisions is  subject to applicable bankruptcy and
state laws and regulations. See "Business -- Regulation."

    The agreement prohibits  the transfer  or assignment  of any  interest in  a
franchise  without the prior written consent  of the Company. The agreement also
gives the  Company a  right  of first  refusal to  purchase  any interest  in  a
franchise  if a proposed  transfer would result  in a change  of control of that
franchise. The refusal right, if exercised, would allow the Company to  purchase
the  interest proposed to be transferred under the same terms and conditions and
for the same price as offered by the proposed transferee.

    The term of each franchise agreement is five years, and franchisees have the
right  to  renew  for  unlimited  successive  five-year  terms.  The   Company's
agreements  with 11  franchisees will  expire in  fiscal year  1996. The Company
anticipates that substantially all such agreements will be renewed.

    FRANCHISE FINANCING.  The Company  does not provide prospective  franchisees
with  financing  for  their stores,  but  has developed  relationships  with two
national sources  of franchisee  financing to  whom it  will refer  franchisees.
Typically,  franchisees have  obtained their own  sources of  such financing and
have not required the Company's assistance.

COMPANY STORE PROGRAM

    GENERAL.  As of  July 31, 1995, there  were 27 Company-owned Rocky  Mountain
Chocolate  Factory  stores.  Although Company-owned  stores  require  an initial
capital outlay by the  Company, they also provide  a greater potential  economic
return to the Company than franchised stores. The average cost to the Company to
date  in  fiscal 1996  of  opening a  new  Company-owned store  is approximately
$119,000, excluding pre-opening costs but including initial inventories.

    Company-owned stores also provide a training ground for Company-owned  store
and  district managers  and a controllable  testing ground for  new products and
promotions, operating and training methods and merchandising techniques. In many
cases, the Company  is able to  take advantage  of a promising  new location  by
establishing  a  Company-owned  store  when  a  delay  in  finding  a  qualified
franchisee might jeopardize the Company's ability to secure the site.

    Managers of Company-owned  stores are  required to comply  with all  Company
operating  standards and undergo  training and receive  support from the Company
similar to the training and support provided to

                                       24
<PAGE>
franchisees. See "Franchising Program --  Training and Support" and "--  Quality
Standards  and Control." The Company's Director  of Company Stores and his staff
regularly visit Company-owned stores to ensure compliance with Company standards
and procedures and to provide advice and support.

    NEW CONCEPT.   The  Company has  developed  a new  store concept,  which  it
believes   may  allow  it  to  expand   its  presence  in  its  existing  market
environments, particularly regional  malls. The  new concept  will use  creative
lighting,  music,  animation and  movement to  entertain customers.  The Company
believes the new concept will appeal to children and adults of all ages. The new
store concept will use  a different name  and sell a  different line of  candies
than the Company's current concept, and the Company, therefore, does not believe
it will compete with existing Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores.

    The  Company currently expects  to test two prototype  stores in the current
fiscal year or  early in fiscal  1997. Both  of these prototype  stores will  be
Company-owned,  and  the  Company  estimates  that  it  will  cost approximately
$200,000 to establish each store. The  Company will fund these prototype  stores
from  operating cash flows. Should test results justify further expansion of the
new concept,  a  potentially significant  portion  of working  capital  reserves
provided  by this Offering  would be likely  to be used  to establish additional
stores under the new concept.

    The Company believes  that the  new concept  stores could  be franchised  or
operated  as  Company-owned stores  in most  locations  in which  Rocky Mountain
Chocolate  Factory  stores   currently  operate.  The   Company  believes   that
significant   economic  advantage  would  be  provided  where  a  franchisee  or
Company-owned store manager were able to manage concurrently employees of both a
new concept store and a traditional Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory store in  a
single regional or factory outlet mall or other location.

MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS

    GENERAL.   The Company manufactures its  products at its factory in Durango,
Colorado for sale to  franchisees and for retail  sale at Company-owned  stores.
All products are produced consistent with the Company's philosophy of using only
the  finest,  highest quality  ingredients with  no artificial  preservatives to
achieve its marketing motto of "the peak of perfection in handmade chocolates."

    In fiscal 1995,  the Company  produced approximately 1.3  million pounds  of
candy and anticipates producing approximately 1.7 million pounds in fiscal 1996.
Current factory capacity is approximately 3.5 million pounds per year.

    It  has always been the belief of management that the Company should control
the manufacturing of its own products. By controlling manufacturing, the Company
can better  maintain  its  high product  quality  standards,  offer  proprietary
products,   manage  costs,   control  production  and   shipment  schedules  and
potentially pursue new or under-utilized distribution channels.

    MANUFACTURING PROCESSES.    The  manufacturing  process  primarily  involves
cooking  or  preparing candy  centers, including  nuts, caramel,  peanut butter,
creams and jellies, and then coating them with chocolate or other toppings.  All
of these processes are conducted in carefully controlled temperature ranges, and
the  Company employs  strict quality  control procedures  at every  stage of the
manufacturing process. The Company  uses a combination  of manual and  automated
processes  at its  factory. Although the  Company believes that  it is currently
preferable to manufacture  certain products  by hand,  such as  dipping of  some
large pieces, automation increases the speed and efficiency of the manufacturing
process.  The  Company  has  from  time  to  time  automated  processes formerly
performed by hand where it  has become cost-effective for  the Company to do  so
without  compromising product quality or appearance. Recent examples include the
purchase of  a computer-controlled  shell  filling machine  for truffles  and  a
molding  machine  for candy  bars,  which enable  the  Company to  produce these
candies much more quickly and at a lower cost.

    The Company seeks to ensure the freshness of products sold in Rocky Mountain
Chocolate Factory stores with frequent  shipments and production schedules  that
are  closely  coordinated  with  projected  and  actual  orders.  Franchised and
Company-owned stores place  orders to  the Company's factory  several times  per
month,  on  average, and  the Company  generally ships  its candies  within five
working days after the order is  received. Finished candies remain in  inventory
an    average   of    one   to    four   weeks    prior   to    shipment.   Most

                                       25
<PAGE>
Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory  stores do not have  significant space for  the
storage  of inventory, and the Company encourages franchisees and store managers
to order only  the quantities  that they can  reasonably expect  to sell  within
approximately  two to four weeks. For  these reasons, the Company generally does
not have a significant backlog of orders.

    INGREDIENTS.  The principal ingredients  used by the Company are  chocolate,
nuts,  sugar, corn syrup, peanut butter,  cream and butter. The factory receives
shipments of ingredients daily. To ensure  the consistency of its products,  the
Company  buys ingredients from a limited  number of reliable suppliers. In order
to assure  a  continuous supply  of  chocolate  and certain  nuts,  the  Company
frequently enters into purchase contracts for these products having durations of
six  to 18 months. Because prices for  these products may fluctuate, the Company
may benefit if prices rise  during the terms of these  contracts, but it may  be
required  to pay above-market prices if prices fall. The Company has one or more
alternative sources for  all essential ingredients  and therefore believes  that
the loss of any supplier would not have a material adverse effect on the Company
and  its  results  of operations.  The  Company currently  also  purchases small
amounts of finished candy from third parties  on a private label basis for  sale
in Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory stores.

    FACTORY  AND TRUCKING OPERATIONS.  The Company recently expanded its factory
from 27,000  square  feet  to  53,000 square  feet,  which  provided  space  for
additional  automated equipment and for  warehousing of ingredients and finished
candies prior to  shipment. Beginning  in fiscal  1994, the  Company also  began
operating  several trucks and  now ships approximately 80%  of its products from
the factory on  its own  trucks. The  Company's trucking  operations and  recent
factory  expansion have significantly improved  the Company's ability to deliver
its products to the stores quickly and cost-effectively.

MARKETING

    The Company  relies primarily  on in-store  promotion and  point-of-purchase
materials  to  promote the  sale  of its  products.  The monthly  marketing fees
collected from franchisees are used by the Company to develop new packaging  and
in-store promotion and point-of-purchase materials, and to create and update the
Company's local store marketing handbooks.

    The  Company encourages local  store marketing efforts  through an incentive
program  that  provides   cash  awards   to  employees   of  the   participating
Company-owned or franchised store that has the greatest increase in sales during
a  specified period. The Company believes this program enhances customer service
by rewarding  in-store personnel  who  have direct  contact with  customers  for
improvements  in a store's performance. This  incentive program has had, and the
Company believes it will continue to have, a positive impact on same store sales
growth at participating stores.

    The Company has not historically and  does not intend to engage in  regional
or national print, radio or television advertising.

COMPETITION

    The  retailing of confectionery products  is highly competitive. The Company
and its franchisees  compete with numerous  businesses that offer  confectionery
products. Many of these competitors have greater name recognition and financial,
marketing  and other resources  than the Company. In  addition, there is intense
competition among retailers for real estate sites, store personnel and qualified
franchisees. Competitive market  conditions could adversely  affect the  Company
and its results of operations and its ability to expand successfully.

    The  Company believes  that its principal  competitive strengths  lie in its
name recognition and its reputation for the quality, value, variety and taste of
its products  and  the  special  ambiance  of  its  stores;  its  knowledge  and
experience  in  applying  criteria for  selection  of new  store  locations; its
expertise in merchandising and  marketing of chocolate  candy products; and  the
control  and training infrastructures it has  implemented to assure execution of
successful practices and  techniques at its  franchised and Company-owned  store
locations.  In addition, by  controlling the manufacturing  of its own products,
the Company  can  better maintain  its  high product  quality  standards,  offer
proprietary  products, manage  costs, control production  and shipment schedules
and potentially pursue new or under-utilized distribution channels.

                                       26
<PAGE>
TRADE NAME AND TRADEMARKS

    The trade name "Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory" and the phrases "The  Peak
of  Perfection in Handmade  Chocolates" and "America's  Chocolatier", as well as
all other  trademarks,  service  marks, symbols,  slogans,  emblems,  logos  and
designs  used in  the Rocky Mountain  Chocolate Factory  system, are proprietary
rights of the  Company. All  of the  foregoing are  believed to  be of  material
importance  to the Company's business. The registration for the trademark "Rocky
Mountain Chocolate Factory" has  been granted in the  United States and  Canada.
Applications  have  been  filed to  register  the trademark  in  certain foreign
countries.

    The  Company  has  not  attempted  to  obtain  patent  protection  for   the
proprietary recipes developed by the Company's master candy-maker and is relying
upon its ability to maintain the confidentiality of those recipes.

EMPLOYEES

    At  July 31, 1995, the Company employed 275 persons on a full-time basis, of
whom 154 were  store employees, 91  were factory workers  and 30 were  corporate
personnel.  Most employees, with  the exception of  store, factory and corporate
management, are paid on an hourly basis. The Company also employs some people on
a temporary  basis during  peak periods  of store  and factory  operations.  The
Company  seeks to assure that participatory management processes, mutual respect
and professionalism and  high performance  expectations for  the employee  exist
throughout the organization.

    The Company believes that it provides working conditions, wages and benefits
that  compare favorably with  those of its  competitors. The Company's employees
are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company considers  its
employee relations to be good.

REGULATION

    Each  of the Company-owned and franchised stores is subject to licensing and
regulation by the health, sanitation, safety, building and fire agencies in  the
state  or municipality where located. Difficulties  or failures in obtaining the
required licensing  or approvals  could  delay or  prevent  the opening  of  new
stores. New stores must also comply with landlord and developer criteria.

    Many   states   have   laws  regulating   franchise   operations,  including
registration and disclosure requirements  in the offer  and sale of  franchises.
The Company is also subject to the Federal Trade Commission regulations relating
to  disclosure  requirements in  the sale  of  franchises and  ongoing reporting
obligations.

    Additionally, certain  states have  enacted and  others may  enact laws  and
regulations  governing  the termination  or nonrenewal  of franchises  and other
aspects of the franchise relationship that are intended to protect  franchisees.
Although  these laws and regulations, and related court decisions, may limit the
Company's ability to  terminate franchises and  alter franchise agreements,  the
Company  does  not believe  that such  laws  or decisions  will have  a material
adverse effect  on its  franchise  operations. However,  the law  applicable  to
franchise  operations and relationships continues to develop, and the Company is
unable  to  predict  the  effect  on  its  intended  operations  of   additional
requirements  or restrictions that may be enacted or of court decisions that may
be adverse to franchisors.

    Federal and state environmental regulations  have not had a material  impact
on  the Company's operations but more stringent and varied requirements of local
governmental bodies with respect to  zoning, land use and environmental  factors
could delay construction of new stores.

    Companies  engaged in the manufacturing,  packaging and distribution of food
products are subject to extensive regulation by various governmental agencies. A
finding of a failure to comply with one or more regulations could result in  the
imposition  of  sanctions, including  the closing  of  all or  a portion  of the
Company's facilities for an indeterminate period of time.

    The Nutrition Labeling  and Education Act  of 1990 became  effective May  8,
1994. Pursuant to the Act, the Company has filed a "Small Business Food Labeling
Exemption  Notice" with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, which exempts the
Company's current packaged products from Nutrition Labeling requirements.

                                       27
<PAGE>
    The Company provides a limited amount of trucking services to third parties,
to fill  available  space  on  the  Company's  trucks.  The  Company's  trucking
operations  are  subject to  various  federal and  state  regulations, including
regulations of the Interstate  Commerce Commission and  other federal and  state
agencies  applicable to motor carriers, safety requirements of the Department of
Transportation relating  to interstate  transportation  and federal,  state  and
Canadian  provincial regulations  governing matters  such as  vehicle weight and
dimensions.

    The Company  believes it  is operating  in substantial  compliance with  all
applicable laws and regulations.

PROPERTIES

    The  Company's  manufacturing  operations  and  corporate  headquarters  are
located at the Company's  Durango, Colorado facility.  The Company expanded  its
factory  in fiscal  year 1995 from  its then  27,000 square feet  to its current
53,000 square feet. This expansion was substantially completed by February  1995
and increased the production capacity of the factory to an estimated 3.5 million
pounds  per year. In addition, the Company purchased, as an integral part of the
expansion, equipment  to  automate  certain  of  its  production  processes  and
additional  equipment to allow it to produce products such as candy bars that it
previously purchased from outside  vendors. The decision  to expand the  factory
and  to procure  additional machinery and  equipment was based  on the Company's
assessment that full efficient  utilization had been  made of the  then-existing
facility  at 1 1/2 shifts  per day operation, due  in particular to the limiting
constraint of product shipping and receiving areas. It was based,  additionally,
on  calculated  increased  manufacturing  direct  labor  and  other efficiencies
anticipated to result from the  expansion and investment in equipment  estimated
by the Company to produce approximately $.15 savings for each pound of chocolate
produced.  The  Company believes  that its  current  facilities are  adequate to
support its operations and system expansion for the next several years.

    As of July 31, 1995, all  27 Company-owned stores were occupied pursuant  to
non-cancelable leases of five to ten years having varying expiration dates, most
of  which contain optional  five-year renewal rights. The  Company does not deem
any individual  store  lease  to  be significant  in  relation  to  its  overall
operations.

    The  Company acts as primary lessee of some franchised store premises, which
it then subleases  to franchisees, but  the majority of  existing locations  are
leased  by  the franchisee  directly. New  locations, however,  are increasingly
requiring the Company  to act  as primary  lessee, particularly  in the  factory
outlet  environment which has become the Company's  focus. At July 31, 1995, the
Company was the primary lessee at 44 of its 138 franchised stores. The subleases
for such stores are on the same  terms as the Company's leases of the  premises.
For  information  as to  the amount  of the  Company's rental  obligations under
leases on both Company-owned and franchised stores, see Note D to the  Financial
Statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    The  Company is  not currently  involved in  any legal  proceedings that are
material to the Company's business or financial condition.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                          AGE                            POSITION
----------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
Franklin E. Crail.......................          53   Chairman of the Board, President, Treasurer and
                                                        Director
Ralph L. Nafziger.......................          49   Vice President -- Manufacturing and Director
Clifton W. Folsom.......................          41   Vice President -- Franchise Support
Jay B. Haws.............................          44   Vice President -- Marketing
Lawrence C. Rezentes....................          47   Vice President -- Finance
Loresa McCoy............................          29   Corporate Secretary
Lee N. Mortenson........................          59   Director
Fred M. Trainor.........................          56   Director
Gerald A. Kien..........................          64   Director
Everett A. Sisson.......................          74   Director
</TABLE>

    FRANKLIN E. CRAIL.  Mr. Crail co-founded the first Rocky Mountain  Chocolate
Factory  store in May 1981.  Since the incorporation of  the Company in November
1982, he has served as its President  and a director, and, since September  1981
as  its Treasurer. He was elected Chairman of  the Board in March 1986. Prior to
founding the  Company,  Mr. Crail  was  co-founder  and president  of  CNI  Data
Processing,  Inc., a software firm which developed automated billing systems for
the cable television industry.

    RALPH L. NAFZIGER.  Mr. Nafziger joined the Company in January 1990 as  Vice
President  of Manufacturing and  has served as  a director of  the Company since
1990. From  1988 to  1989, Mr.  Nafziger served  as Chief  Financial Officer  of
Midcontinent  Airlines Inc., a regional airline  operation based in Kansas City.
From 1987 to 1988, he was an independent business planning consultant to several
manufacturing and service corporations.  From 1977 to 1986,  Mr. Nafziger was  a
principal  and officer of Snugli Inc., a children's products manufacturer, which
was acquired by Huffy Corporation, a bicycle manufacturer, in 1985. Mr. Nafziger
possesses a B.S. in accounting from Pennsylvania State University.

    CLIFTON W. FOLSOM.   Mr. Folsom  has served as  Vice President of  Franchise
Support  of the Company  since June 1989. He  joined the Company  in May 1983 as
Director of Franchise Sales and Support, and was promoted in March 1985 to  Vice
President  of Franchise Sales, a position he  held until he began serving in his
current capacity in June  1989. From March 1978  until joining the Company,  Mr.
Folsom was employed as a sales representative by Sears Roebuck & Company.

    JAY  B. HAWS.  Mr. Haws joined the  Company in August 1991 as Vice President
of Marketing. Since 1981, Jay has been closely associated with the Company  both
as  a franchisee and  marketing/graphic design consultant. From  1986 to 1991 he
was Vice-President and President of Chocolate Factory, Inc., which operated  two
Rocky   Mountain  Chocolate   Factory  franchises  located   in  San  Francisco,
California. From 1983 to 1989 he served as Vice President of Marketing for Image
Group, Inc.,  a  marketing communications  firm  based in  Northern  California.
Concurrently,  Mr.  Haws  was co-owner  of  two other  Rocky  Mountain Chocolate
Factory franchises located in Sacramento and Walnut Creek, California. From 1973
to 1983 he was principal of Jay Haws and Associates, an advertising and  graphic
design  agency. Mr. Haws holds a B.A.  in graphics design and communication from
California State University.

    LAWRENCE C. REZENTES.  Mr. Rezentes joined the Company in July 1990 as  Vice
President  of Finance. From 1989  to April 1990, he  served as Vice President of
Finance for Fanamation, Inc., a designer and manufacturer of robotic  inspection
systems.  From  1985 through  1988,  he was  a  principal in  Venture Consulting
Resource,  a  financial  and   business  planning  consulting  organization   to
technology  based businesses  and to  the venture  capital community.  From 1980
through 1984,  Mr. Rezentes  was co-founder  and Vice  President of  Finance  of
Infomed  Corporation,  a  venture  capital  financed  pioneer  in  the  field of

                                       29
<PAGE>
computer and telecommunications-based  medical diagnosis. Mr.  Rezentes holds  a
B.S.  in accounting from Fairleigh Dickinson University and an M.B.A. in finance
from the University of  Chicago Graduate School of  Business. He is a  certified
public accountant.

    LORESA  MCCOY.   Ms. McCoy has  served as the  Company's Corporate Secretary
since September 1994. Ms. McCoy served in several accounting and  administrative
positions  at  the Company  between  joining the  Company  in November  1992 and
accepting the position of Corporate Secretary. From July 1990 until joining  the
Company,  she served as  Manager at Wit's  End Guest Ranch  and Resort, which is
located in the Durango area.

    LEE N. MORTENSON.  Mr. Mortenson has served on the Board of Directors of the
Company since 1987. Since December 1993, Mr. Mortenson has been President and  a
Director  of Coronet. Mr. Mortenson has served, since May 1988, as President and
a Director and,  since December 1990,  as Chief Operating  Officer of  Sunstates
Corporation  (formerly  known as  Acton Corporation).  He  also served  as Chief
Executive Officer of Sunstates Corporation,  the parent corporation of  Coronet,
from May 1988 to December 1990. Sunstates Corporation is engaged in non-standard
automative  casualty insurance, manufacturing and real estate development. Since
1984, Mr.  Mortenson has  served as  President, Chief  Operating Officer  and  a
Director  of  Telco Capital  Corporation, a  diversified financial  services and
manufacturing company  and an  indirect parent  of Coronet.  Mr. Mortenson  also
served  as a Director of Hickory Furniture Company  from 1980 to 1993 and of Sun
Electric Corporation, a manufacturer of automotive test equipment, from 1988  to
1992  and has served as a Director  of Alba-Waldensian, Inc., since 1984, of NRG
Inc., a leasing  company, since 1987,  and of Wellco  Enterprises, Inc., a  boot
manufacturer, since 1994.

    FRED  M. TRAINOR.  Mr.  Trainor has served as  a Director since August 1992.
Mr. Trainor is the founder, and since 1984 has served as Chief Executive Officer
and President  of  AVCOR  Health  Care Products,  Inc.,  Fort  Worth,  Texas,  a
manufacturer  and marketer  of specialty  dressings products.  Prior to founding
AVCOR Health Care  Products, Inc.,  in 1984, Mr.  Trainor was  a founder,  Chief
Executive  Officer and President  of Tecnol, Inc.  of Fort Worth,  Texas, also a
company involved with the  health care industry.  Before founding Tecnol,  Inc.,
Mr.  Trainor was with  American Hospital Supply  Corporation (AHSC) for thirteen
years in a number of management capacities.

    GERALD A. KIEN.  Mr. Kien was first elected as a Director of the Company  in
August  1995. From 1993 to 1995 Mr. Kien served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of  Remote  Sensing  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of  Envirotest
Systems,  Inc.,  a company  engaged in  the  development of  instrumentation for
vehicle emissions  testing. From  1989  to 1993  Mr.  Kien served  as  Chairman,
President   and  Chief  Executive   Officer  of  Sun   Electric  Corporation,  a
manufacturer of automotive test equipment, and  has served as a Director and  as
Chairman  of the  Executive Committee of  that Company since  1980. Sun Electric
merged with Snap-On Tools in 1993, and Mr. Kien remained as President of the Sun
Electric division of Snap-On Tools until his retirement in 1994. Mr. Kien was  a
co-founder  of the  First National  Bank of  Hoffman Estates  and remained  as a
Director from 1979 to 1990, and was a director of the Charter Bank and Trust  of
Illinois from 1984 to 1990. He served as a Director of Systems Control, Inc. and
Vehicle Test Technologies, Inc., from 1989 to 1993, both of which are engaged in
emissions  testing  of motor  vehicles.  Mr. Kien  received  his Ph.D.  from the
University of Illinois Graduate College of Medicine, in 1959.

    EVERETT A.  SISSON.   Mr. Sisson  was first  elected as  a Director  of  the
Company  in August 1995. Mr.  Sisson is President of  The American Growth Group,
which is  engaged  in  land development,  investment,  management  services  and
management  consulting, a position he has held since he formed the firm in 1966.
Mr. Sisson served as a Director of  the Century Companies of America, a  company
providing  life insurance and related financial  products, from 1962 until 1991,
and Chairman of the Board from 1977  until 1983. Mr. Sisson has been a  Director
of Coronet since 1992. During various periods over the past 20 years, Mr. Sisson
served   as  a  Director  and  member  of  several  Board  committees  of  Libco
Corporation, Wisconsin Real Estate Investment Trust, Hickory Furniture  Company,
Telco  Capital  Corporation,  Greater  Heritage  Corporation,  Indiana Financial
Investors Inc., Sunstates Corporation and Acton Corporation.

    Coronet previously had the right to designate three persons as nominees  for
election  to the  Board of Directors  of the  Company in accordance  with a Note
Purchase Agreement dated November 16, 1987

                                       30
<PAGE>
between the Company and  Coronet. Three directors,  including Lee N.  Mortenson,
were  elected to the Company's  Board of Directors in  1987 and subsequent years
pursuant to  this  right.  Coronet's  right to  designate  persons  as  director
nominees expired in May 1994, when Coronet converted into Common Stock the final
promissory  note that  had been issued  under such Note  Purchase Agreement. See
"Certain Transactions."

    The Board  of Directors  has  a standing  Audit Committee  and  Compensation
Committee,  each  consisting of  Messrs. Mortenson  and Trainor.  Currently, all
directors of  the Company  are elected  annually by  the stockholders  and  hold
office until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The  following table sets  forth certain information  with respect to annual
compensation paid  for the  years  indicated to  the Company's  Chief  Executive
Officer  and the only other executive officer of the Company who met the minimum
compensation threshold  of  $100,000 for  inclusion  in the  table  (the  "Named
Officers").

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                              -------------------------------     ALL OTHER
        NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION             YEAR     SALARY(1)    BONUS    COMPENSATION(2)
--------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Franklin E. Crail, .........................       1995  $ 129,618  $  31,050     $   2,162
 Chairman of the Board and President               1994  $ 104,000  $  14,500     $  -0-
                                                   1993  $  92,000  $  -0-        $  -0-
Ralph L. Nafziger, .........................       1995  $  90,272  $  14,400     $   1,354
 Vice President -- Manufacturing                   1994  $  78,220  $  10,080     $  -0-
                                                   1993  $  72,331  $  -0-        $  -0-
<FN>
------------------------
(1)  Includes  amounts deferred at the Named  Officer's election pursuant to the
     Company's 401(k) Plan, which was first offered in fiscal 1995.

(2)  Represents Company contributions on behalf of the Named Officers under  the
     Company's 401(k) Plan, which was first offered in fiscal 1995.
</TABLE>

    Additional  columns required by Securities  and Exchange Commission rules to
be included in the  foregoing table, and certain  additional tables required  by
such  rules, have been omitted because  no compensation required to be disclosed
therein was paid or awarded to the Named Officers.

EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLANS

    1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN.  Subject to stockholder approval at the 1995  Annual
Meeting  of Stockholders, the Board of Directors  of the Company has adopted the
1995 Plan and has reserved 100,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance  pursuant
to  nonqualified and  incentive stock options  granted under the  1995 Plan. The
following discussion assumes stockholder approval of the 1995 Plan.

    The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which administers  the
1995  Plan, has the full authority, subject  to the provisions of the 1995 Plan,
to determine  the employees  to be  granted options,  the number  of shares  and
exercise  price of the Common Stock covered by each option and the time or times
when options may be exercised.  The term of any  options granted under the  1995
Plan  may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant; provided, that the term of
an incentive stock option granted to an  employee who owns capital stock of  the
Company  representing more than 10% of the  combined voting power of all classes
of capital stock  of the  Company may  not exceed five  years from  the date  of
grant. The purchase price of incentive stock options shall not be less than 100%
of the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date the option is
granted;  provided, however, that the  purchase price shall be  at least 110% of
the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, if the
optionee, on  the date  of such  grant, possesses  more than  10% of  the  total
combined  voting power of all classes of  stock of the Company or any affiliate.
The purchase price of a nonqualified stock  option must be greater than the  par

                                       31
<PAGE>
value  of the stock on either  the date the option is  granted or the date it is
exercised, whichever is greater. No stock option granted under the 1995 Plan may
be transferred by  an optionee other  than by will  or the laws  of descent  and
distribution,  and during the lifetime of the optionee, may be exercised only by
the optionee. Subject to certain limitations, the Compensation Committee may  at
any  time alter, amend or terminate the  1995 Plan in accordance with its terms.
Unless previously terminated, the 1995 Plan will terminate at the expiration  of
10 years from the date of its adoption.

    1985  INCENTIVE STOCK  OPTION PLAN.   The 1985  Plan will  expire in October
1995, although  outstanding options  previously granted  thereunder will  remain
outstanding  in accordance with  their terms. The  1985 Plan contains provisions
that are substantially  the same  as those  of the  1995 Plan  described in  the
preceding  paragraph, except  that the  1985 Plan  authorizes the  grant only of
nonqualified stock options.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

    Directors of the Company do not receive any compensation for serving on  the
Board  or on committees.  Directors are entitled to  receive stock option awards
under the Directors' Plan.

    The Directors'  Plan provides  for automatic  grants of  nonqualified  stock
options  covering a maximum of  60,000 shares of Common  Stock of the Company to
directors of the Company who are not  also employees or officers of the  Company
and  who  have  not  made  an  irrevocable,  one-time  election  to  decline  to
participate in the  plan. The Directors'  Plan provides that  on each August  15
during  the  term of  the plan,  options  will be  granted automatically  to the
nonemployee directors serving the Company on  such date who have not  previously
been  granted options  under the Directors'  Plan. Each such  option permits the
nonemployee director to purchase  10,000 shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise
price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of
the  option. Each nonemployee director's option  may be exercised in full during
the period beginning one year after the grant date of such option and ending ten
years after such grant date, unless the option expires sooner due to termination
of service or death. No options  were granted or exercised under the  Directors'
Plan during fiscal 1995.

    Subject  to stockholder  approval at the  1995 Annual Meeting,  the Board of
Directors has amended the  Directors' Plan to increase  the number of shares  of
Common  Stock issuable pursuant to options  granted under the Directors' Plan to
90,000.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    During fiscal 1995,  the Company's Compensation  Committee was comprised  of
Mr.  Mortenson,  Mr. Trainor,  Clyde Wm.  Engle  and Gerald  M. Tierney,  Jr. In
accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined in "Certain
Transactions" below), Coronet named Messrs. Engle, Mortenson and Tierney as  its
three  designees to the Company's  Board of Directors. Mr.  Engle is Chairman of
the Board, and Mr.  Mortenson is President and  a Director, of Coronet.  Messrs.
Engle  and Mortenson are also directors  of Normandy Insurance Agency, Inc., the
100% parent  of Coronet.  Mr. Engle  is also  Chairman of  the Board  and  Chief
Executive Officer, and Mr. Mortenson is President, Chief Operating Officer and a
director,  of  Telco Capital  Corporation, an  indirect  parent of  Coronet. Mr.
Tierney  is  Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  of  Telco   Capital
Corporation.  Pursuant to the  Note Purchase Agreement,  Coronet purchased Notes
(as defined in "Certain Transactions"  below) in the aggregate principal  amount
of  $1,200,000, which have been converted into 1,586,957 shares of Common Stock.
At February 28, 1993, 1994  and 1995, the total  principal and interest owed  by
the  Company  to  Coronet  under  the Notes  was  $714,292,  $408,167  and $-0-,
respectively. See "Certain Transactions."

    Mr. Engle  and Mr.  Tierney resigned  from  the Board  of Directors  of  the
Company  on August 24, 1995. Mr. Engle  and Mr. Tierney resigned to pursue other
interests, and  not because  of any  disagreement with  the Company's  Board  of
Directors or management.

                                       32
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

    The  Company, until June 1994, leased its factory in Durango, Colorado, from
Franklin E. Crail, Chairman of the  Board of Directors, President and  Treasurer
of  the Company. The lease, which commenced  August 15, 1983, had a primary term
of 10 years and  was renewed for  an additional five-year  term in August  1993.
Monthly  rentals for  the fiscal  years ended February  28, 1993,  1994 and 1995
(through the date  of purchase) were  $7,750. The  lease was a  net lease  under
which  the  Company  was  required  to  pay  real  estate  taxes,  insurance and
maintenance expenses. In fiscal years 1993,  1994 and 1995 (through the date  of
purchase),   the  Company   paid  Mr.   Crail  $93,000,   $93,000  and  $25,140,
respectively, pursuant to the factory lease. The Company, in June 1994, as  part
of  its facility expansion and financing program (see "Business -- Properties"),
acquired from Mr. Crail the then existing  facility at a price of $700,332.  The
Company believes that the terms of the lease with Mr. Crail and the terms of the
purchase  transaction were at least  as favorable as those  that could have been
obtained from an independent third party.

    In November 1987, the Company's Board of Directors approved a Note  Purchase
Agreement  (the "Note Purchase Agreement") dated  November 16, 1987, and certain
other agreements with  Coronet pursuant to  which, among other  things, (i)  the
Company  sold to Coronet 7%  Convertible Secured Notes due  November 16, 1997 in
the aggregate  principal  amount  of $1,100,000  (together  with  an  additional
$100,000  7% Convertible Secured Note  due November 16, 1997  sold to Coronet in
January 1989,  the "Notes");  (ii) the  Company  agreed, as  long as  any  Notes
remained outstanding, to nominate and use its best efforts to elect to its Board
of  Directors three designees of Coronet (Coronet  named Clyde Wm. Engle, Lee N.
Mortenson and Gerald M.  Tierney, Jr. as its  three designees, and such  persons
were  elected to the Company's  Board of Directors in  November 1987); and (iii)
the Company granted Coronet certain  registration rights with respect to  shares
of  Common  Stock issuable  upon conversion  of the  Notes. See  "Description of
Capital Stock -- Registration Rights."

    Between December 31, 1989 and May 31, 1994, Coronet converted the Notes into
an aggregate  of  1,586,957  shares  of Common  Stock.  Coronet  completed  such
conversions  by converting Notes  in the aggregate  principal amount of $400,000
into 432,376 shares of Common Stock on May 31, 1994. At February 28, 1993,  1994
and  1995, the total principal and interest owed by the Company to Coronet under
the Notes  was  $714,292, $408,167  and  $-0-, respectively.  The  Company  paid
interest  on the Notes of $51,563, $50,121 and $12,250 during fiscal years 1993,
1994 and  1995  (through the  date  on  which the  final  conversion  occurred),
respectively.

    Clyde Wm. Engle, a Director of the Company from 1987 to 1995, is Chairman of
the  Board  of Coronet,  and Lee  N. Mortenson,  a Director  of the  Company, is
President and a  Director of  Coronet, and  each is  a director  and officer  of
certain  affiliated  corporations of  Coronet.  See "Management  -- Compensation
Committee Interlocks  and  Insider Participation."  Gerald  M. Tierney,  Jr.,  a
Director  of the Company from 1987 to 1995, is Senior Vice President and General
Counsel of Telco Capital Corporation, an indirect parent corporation of Coronet.

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    The following table  sets forth  information, as  of August  24, 1995,  with
respect  to the  shares of  Common Stock beneficially  owned (i)  by each person
known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company's
Common Stock, (ii) by each director and  nominee for election as a director  and
each  executive officer  named in the  Summary Compensation Table,  and (iii) by
directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.

    Coronet is selling  500,000 of  the 900,000 shares  of Common  Stock of  the
Company  being sold in this Offering. Franklin  E. Crail, Chairman of the Board,
President and Treasurer  of the  Company, is  selling 100,000  shares of  Common
Stock of the Company being sold in this Offering.

    Coronet has pledged to LaSalle National Bank of Chicago, Illinois, 1,401,857
of  the 1,421,757 shares of Common Stock owned by Coronet (including all 500,000
shares being sold by Coronet in this Offering),

                                       33
<PAGE>
representing 52.8% of  the total outstanding  shares as of  August 24, 1995,  to
secure  certain indebtedness  to such bank.  Coronet has  retained voting rights
with respect  to  these  shares.  An  event  resulting  in  foreclosure  on  the
indebtedness  could result in a change in control of the Company at a subsequent
date.

    Mr. Crail has pledged to Coronet  337,766 shares of Common Stock  (including
the 100,000 shares being sold by Mr. Crail in this Offering), representing 12.7%
of  the  total outstanding  shares as  of  August 24,  1995, to  secure personal
indebtedness incurred to purchase such shares in 1987 from two previous  owners.
Mr. Crail has retained voting rights with respect to these shares. Mr. Crail has
advised  the Company that  he intends to use  the proceeds from  the sale of his
shares in the Offering to retire such indebtedness and obtain the release of the
remaining shares  from  such pledge.  If  such  repayment and  release  are  not
effected,  an event resulting in foreclosure on the indebtedness could result in
an increase in the control of the Company by Coronet at a subsequent date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SHARES BENEFICIALLY                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                    OWNED PRIOR                                   OWNED AFTER
                                                  TO THE OFFERING       NUMBER OF SHARES         THE OFFERING
NAME OF                                      -------------------------     TO BE SOLD      -------------------------
BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                            NUMBER     PERCENT (%)    IN THE OFFERING     NUMBER     PERCENT (%)
-------------------------------------------  ----------  -------------  -----------------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>            <C>                <C>         <C>
Coronet Insurance Company (2)..............   1,421,257         53.5           500,000        921,257         31.1
Franklin E. Crail (3)......................     396,099         14.9           100,000        296,099         10.0
Ralph L. Nafziger (4)......................      36,000          1.3           --              36,000          1.2
Lee N. Mortenson (5).......................      10,000        *               --              10,000        *
Fred M. Trainor (5)........................      10,000        *               --              10,000        *
Everett A. Sisson..........................      --            *               --              --            *
Gerald A. Kien.............................      --            *               --              --            *
All executive officers and directors as a
 group (10 persons) (6)....................     558,365         19.9           100,000        458,365         14.8
<FN>
------------------------
*    Amounts are less than one percent.

(1)  The address  of Coronet  is 3500  West Peterson  Avenue, Chicago,  Illinois
     60646. Mr. Crail's address is the same as the Company's address.

(2)  All of the shares indicated as being owned by Coronet may also be deemed to
     be  beneficially  owned by  the following  affiliates of  Coronet: Normandy
     Insurance  Agency,  Inc.,  Sunstates  Corporation,  Wisconsin  Real  Estate
     Investment  Trust,  Hickory Furniture  Company, Telco  Capital Corporation,
     RDIS Corporation and  Clyde Wm. Engle,  a former director  of the  Company.
     This  information is based on Forms 4  dated June 9, 1995, filed by Coronet
     and such  affiliates with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission and  on
     information  provided to  the Company by  Coronet. The  shares indicated as
     being owned by  Coronet do  not include the  shares pledged  to Coronet  by
     Franklin E. Crail.

(3)  Includes  337,766 shares  pledged by Mr.  Crail to Coronet  as security for
     approximately $1.2 million due on promissory  notes issued by Mr. Crail  in
     connection with the purchase of those shares from two individuals.

(4)  Mr.  Nafziger has the right to acquire these shares through the exercise of
     options granted pursuant to the 1985 Plan.

(5)  Includes 10,000 shares  that Messrs.  Mortenson and Trainor  each have  the
     right  to acquire through  the exercise of options  granted pursuant to the
     Directors' Plan.

(6)  Includes 143,000 shares which  officers and directors as  a group have  the
     right  to acquire through  the exercise of options  granted pursuant to the
     1985 Plan and the Directors' Plan.
</TABLE>

    All of the registration expenses of Coronet in this Offering, except for the
applicable underwriting discount and  fees and expenses  of counsel retained  by
Coronet, if any, will be borne by the Company pursuant to a prior agreement. See
"Description  of  Capital Stock  -- Registration  Rights."  The Company  has not
agreed to pay any  expenses that may  be incurred by  Mr. Crail individually  in
connection with the Offering.

                                       34
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    The  authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 7,250,000 shares of
Common Stock,  $0.03  par  value  per  share,  of  which  2,657,499  shares  are
outstanding  as of the date of this  Prospectus, and 250,000 shares of preferred
stock, $0.10 par  value per  share (the "Preferred  Stock"), none  of which  are
outstanding.  The following description of the  capital stock of the Company and
certain provisions of the  Company's Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws is  a
summary  and is qualified in  its entirety by the  provisions of the Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws, which have been filed or incorporated by reference  as
exhibits  to the Company's Registration Statement  of which this Prospectus is a
part.

COMMON STOCK

    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on  all
matters  submitted to  a vote  of the stockholders,  other than  the election of
Directors. With respect to the election of Directors, the Company's Articles  of
Incorporation  provide  for  cumulative voting.  Accordingly,  a  stockholder is
entitled to the number of votes obtained by multiplying the number of  Directors
being elected by the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such stockholder,
and  the stockholder may cast all of those  votes for a single nominee or divide
them among  any two  or more  nominees in  any proportions  desired. Holders  of
Common  Stock are entitled to receive ratably  such dividends, if any, as may be
declared from  time to  time by  the Board  of Directors  out of  funds  legally
available  therefor, and are  entitled to receive,  pro rata, all  assets of the
Company available for distribution to such holders upon liquidation. Holders  of
Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights.

PREFERRED STOCK

    Pursuant  to its  Articles of  Incorporation, the  Company is  authorized to
issue 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock, which  may be issued from time to  time
in  one or more series  upon authorization by the  Company's Board of Directors.
The Board  of  Directors,  without  further approval  of  the  stockholders,  is
authorized  to  fix the  dividend rights  and  terms, conversion  rights, voting
rights, redemption  rights and  terms, liquidation  preferences, and  any  other
rights,  preferences, privileges and  restrictions applicable to  each series of
the  Preferred  Stock.  The  issuance   of  Preferred  Stock,  while   providing
flexibility  in  connection  with  possible  acquisitions  and  other  corporate
purposes, could, among other  things, adversely affect the  voting power of  the
holders of Common Stock and, under certain circumstances, make it more difficult
for  a  third party  to gain  control of  the Company,  discourage bids  for the
Company's Common Stock at  a premium, or otherwise  adversely affect the  market
price of the Common Stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

    The  Company  granted to  Coronet, which  currently owns  a majority  of the
Company's outstanding Common  Stock, the right  to require the  Company, at  the
Company's  expense,  to register  for  public sale  the  shares of  Common Stock
acquired by Coronet pursuant to the conversion  of the Notes, all of which  have
been converted by Coronet. Such "demand" registration rights, which apply to all
of  the 1,421,757 shares  of Common Stock  owned by Coronet,  are exercisable by
Coronet at any time. However, Coronet  may not exercise the registration  rights
more  than once in any consecutive 12-month  period nor, after the Offering made
hereby, more than two times in the  aggregate, unless Coronet agrees to pay  all
the  Company's  costs and  expenses in  connection  therewith. The  Company also
granted "piggyback"  rights to  Coronet entitling  Coronet to  participate in  a
registered offering of Common Stock by the Company in certain circumstances. The
offering  of  500,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  by  Coronet  pursuant  to this
Prospectus is being  conducted as  a result  of an  exercise by  Coronet of  its
demand registration rights as described in this paragraph.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

    The  Board of Directors of  the Company may issue  Preferred Stock in one or
more series  and may  designate dividend  rights and  terms, conversion  rights,
voting  rights, redemption  rights and  terms, liquidation  preferences, and any
other rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions applicable to each series
of the Preferred Stock. It is not possible to state the effects of the  issuance
of  Preferred Stock on the rights of the holders of Common Stock until the Board
of  Directors   determines  the   specific  rights   of  the   holders  of   the

                                       35
<PAGE>
Preferred  Stock. However, among other effects, the issuance of Preferred Stock,
under certain circumstances, could make it  more difficult for a third party  to
gain control of the Company, discourage bids for the Company's Common Stock at a
premium or otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    American Securities Transfer, Inc. of Denver, Colorado is the Transfer Agent
and Registrar for the Common Stock.

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
2,957,499 shares (3,008,124 shares if the Underwriter's over-allotment option is
exercised in full) of Common Stock  assuming no stock options are exercised.  Of
these  shares, all of the 900,000  shares (1,035,000 shares if the Underwriter's
over-allotment option is exercised  in full) sold in  this Offering and  820,202
shares outstanding prior to this Offering will be freely transferable by persons
other  than "affiliates" of the Company without restriction under the Securities
Act.

    The  remaining  1,237,297  shares  of  Common  Stock  will  be   "restricted
securities"  within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not
be sold  in the  absence of  registration  under the  Securities Act  unless  an
exemption  from registration is available,  including the exemption contained in
Rule 144. Following satisfaction of the two-year holding period required by Rule
144, such restricted securities  will be eligible for  sale under Rule 144.  The
Company,  the  Selling Stockholders  and  the Company's  executive  officers and
directors have agreed not to  offer to sell, sell  or otherwise dispose of  such
shares  for 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of the Underwriter. See "Underwriting."

    In general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or  persons
whose  shares are aggregated), who has beneficially  owned his or her shares for
at least two years,  including an "affiliate"  of the Company  (as that term  is
defined  under the Securities Act), is  entitled to sell, within any three-month
period, that number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of  the
then  outstanding shares  of Common  Stock of  the Company  or (ii)  the average
weekly trading volume of  the then outstanding shares  during the four  calendar
weeks  preceding each such sale. A person  (or persons whose shares are required
to be aggregated) who is  not deemed an "affiliate" of  the Company and who  has
beneficially  owned shares for  at least three  years, is entitled  to sell such
shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations described  above.
Affiliates,  including members of the Board  of Directors and senior management,
continue to be subject to such limitations.

    All of the 921,257 shares of Common Stock that will be owned by Coronet upon
completion of this offering are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule
144. Coronet, however,  has the  right at  any time  to require  the Company  to
register,  at the Company's expense, any or  all of such shares for public sale,
subject to its agreement not  to sell during the  180-day period referred to  in
the  preceding  paragraph. See  "Description  of Capital  Stock  -- Registration
Rights."

    No predictions can be made  as to the effect, if  any, that public sales  of
shares  or the  availability of shares  for sale  will have on  the market price
prevailing from time to time. Sales  of substantial amounts of the Common  Stock
in  the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could have
an adverse impact  on the  market price. See  "Description of  Capital Stock  --
Preferred Stock."

                                       36
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

    Piper  Jaffray Inc. (the "Underwriter") has  agreed, subject to the terms of
the Purchase Agreement,  to purchase  300,000 shares  of Common  Stock from  the
Company,  500,000  shares of  Common Stock  from Coronet  and 100,000  shares of
Common Stock from Franklin  E. Crail. The Underwriter  is committed to  purchase
and pay for all such shares if any are purchased.

    The  Company has been advised  by the Underwriter that  it proposes to offer
the shares to the public initially at the Price to Public set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus and to certain  dealers at such price less a  concession
not  in excess of  $     share. The  Underwriter may allow  and such dealers may
reallow a concession  not in excess  of $      share on sales  to certain  other
brokers  and dealers. After the initial offering the Price to Public, concession
and reallowance may be changed by the Underwriter.

    The  Company  and  Coronet  have  granted  to  the  Underwriter  an  option,
exercisable  during the 30-day  period after the date  of this Prospectus, under
which the Underwriter may purchase up to an additional 50,625 shares and  84,375
shares  of Common Stock from the Company and Coronet, respectively, at the Price
to Public less the  Underwriting Discount set  forth on the  cover page of  this
Prospectus.   The   Underwriter  may   exercise   the  option   only   to  cover
over-allotments, if any.

    The Company  and  each Selling  Stockholder  have agreed  to  indemnify  the
Underwriter  against certain liabilities, including  civil liabilities under the
Securities Act or to contribute to  payments the Underwriter may be required  to
make in respect thereof.

    The  Company, the Selling Stockholders  and the Company's executive officers
and directors  have agreed,  for a  period of  180 days  after the  date of  the
Purchase Agreement, not to directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any
option  for the sale of, or otherwise dispose  of, any shares of Common Stock or
any options or other rights to purchase any shares of Common Stock, without  the
prior  written  consent  of  the  Underwriter,  except  for  (i)  sales  to  the
Underwriter pursuant  to the  Purchase Agreement  and (ii)  in the  case of  the
Company,  sales in connection with the exercise  of options granted prior to the
date hereof pursuant to the Company's existing stock option plans.

    In connection with this Offering, the Underwriter and selling group  members
may  engage in passive market making  transactions in the Company's Common Stock
on the Nasdaq National Market immediately prior to the commencement of the sales
of the  shares  in this  Offering,  in accordance  with  Rule 10b-6A  under  the
Exchange  Act. Passive market  making consists of displaying  bids on the Nasdaq
National Market limited by  the bid prices of  market makers not connected  with
this  Offering  and making  purchases  limited by  such  prices and  effected in
response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day  are
limited  in  amount to  a  specified percentage  of  the passive  market maker's
average daily trading volume in the Common Stock during a specified period prior
to the filing of  this Prospectus with the  Commission and must be  discontinued
when such limit is reached. Passive market making may stabilize the market price
of  the Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for  the
Company  by Thompson  & Knight,  A Professional  Corporation, of  Dallas, Texas.
Certain legal matters in connection with  this Offering will be passed upon  for
the Underwriter by Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly of Minneapolis, Minnesota.

                                    EXPERTS

    The  financial statements of the Company at  February 28, 1994 and 1995, and
for each of the  years in the  three-year period ended  February 28, 1995,  have
been  included herein  and in  the Registration  Statement in  reliance upon the
reports  of  Grant  Thornton  LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants,
appearing  elsewhere  herein, and  upon  authority of  said  firm as  experts in
auditing and accounting.

                                       37
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company  has filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  in Washington, D.C.,  a Registration Statement  on Form S-1 under
the Securities Act with respect  to the shares of  Common Stock offered by  this
Prospectus.  This Prospectus does  not contain all the  information set forth in
the Registration Statement, certain portions  of which are omitted as  permitted
by  the rules  and regulations of  the Commission. For  further information with
respect to the Company and the  shares offered by this Prospectus, reference  is
made  to the Registration Statement, including  the exhibits and schedules filed
therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the contents of any
contract or other  document referred to  herein or therein  are not  necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other  document filed as an exhibit to  the Registration Statement or such other
document, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
Copies of  the Registration  Statement,  of which  this  Prospectus is  a  part,
together with such exhibits and schedules, may be obtained from the Commission's
principal  office in  Washington, D.C., upon  payment of  the charges prescribed
therefor by the Commission.

    The Company is subject to  the informational requirements of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934, as amended,  and, in accordance therewith, files reports,
proxy statements and other information with the Commission. Such reports,  proxy
statements and other information filed by the Company with the Commission can be
inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20549, and the Commission's following Regional Offices: Northwestern Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, 14th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60604 and 7 World
Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can
also be obtained  from the Public  Reference Section of  the Commission at  Room
1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.  20549, at
prescribed rates.

                                       38
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.

    We  have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Rocky Mountain Chocolate
Factory, Inc. as of February  28, 1995 and 1994,  and the related statements  of
income,  changes in stockholders'  equity and cash  flows for each  of the three
years in the period ended February 28, 1995. These financial statements are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material  respects, the financial  position of  Rocky Mountain Chocolate
Factory, Inc. at February 28, 1995 and  1994, and the results of its  operations
and  its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28,
1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas
April 26, 1995

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                             ----------------------------      MAY 31,
                                                                                 1994           1995            1995
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents................................................  $    996,746   $     382,905   $   136,653
  Accounts and notes receivable-trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts
   of $49,280 and $48,366 at February 28, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and
   $57,827 at May 31, 1995.................................................       856,383       1,179,019     1,107,247
  Inventories..............................................................     1,084,344       1,687,016     1,618,353
  Deferred income taxes....................................................        57,406          68,586        68,586
  Other....................................................................        62,631         110,105       153,927
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
    Total current assets...................................................     3,057,510       3,427,631     3,084,766
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost
  Land.....................................................................       --              122,558       122,558
  Building.................................................................       --            2,453,069     3,178,560
  Leasehold improvements...................................................     1,103,799         803,160       945,790
  Machinery and equipment..................................................     1,904,335       2,917,148     3,222,031
  Furniture and fixtures...................................................       603,362       1,086,282     1,364,181
  Transportation equipment.................................................        47,749         197,346       206,149
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                3,659,245       7,579,563     9,039,269
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...........................     1,485,180       1,690,118     1,843,605
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                2,174,065       5,889,445     7,195,664
OTHER ASSETS
  Notes and accounts receivable due after one year.........................        63,379         136,132       127,865
  Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $206,532 and $230,136 at
   February 28, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $236,037 at May 31,
   1995....................................................................       383,468         359,864       353,963
  Due from officer.........................................................        40,110        --             --
  Other....................................................................       305,631         368,098       385,839
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                  792,588         864,094       867,667
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                             $  6,024,163   $  10,181,170   $11,148,097
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Current maturities of long-term debt.....................................  $     96,109   $     182,852   $   176,135
  Accounts payable -- trade................................................       507,106         839,117       851,869
  Accrued compensation.....................................................       197,370         222,713       404,453
  Accrued liabilities......................................................       143,982         283,330       207,972
  Income taxes payable.....................................................       224,051         272,593       176,948
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
    Total current liabilities..............................................     1,168,618       1,800,605     1,817,377
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities....................................       604,020       2,313,895     3,022,405
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES......................................................       108,812         159,863       159,863

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  $1.00 cumulative convertible preferred stock-authorized 250,000 shares,
   $.10 par value; issued and outstanding, 14,954 and 14,610 shares at
   February 28, 1994 and 1995, respectively................................         1,496           1,462       --
  Common stock -- authorized 7,250,000 shares $.03 par value; issued
   2,186,335 and 2,634,289 shares at February 28, 1994 and 1995,
   respectively, and 2,648,802 shares at May 31, 1995......................        65,590          79,029        79,464
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................     4,197,838       4,700,527     4,675,528
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)..................................      (117,341)      1,130,522     1,398,193
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                4,147,583       5,911,540     6,153,185
  Less common stock held in treasury, at cost -- 4,428 and 4,303 shares
   at February 28, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and 4,303 shares at
   May 31, 1995............................................................         4,870           4,733         4,733
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                4,142,713       5,906,807     6,148,452
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                             $  6,024,163   $  10,181,170   $11,148,097
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                             ------------   -------------   -------------
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,          ENDED MAY 31,
                                                      --------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                         1993         1994          1995         1994         1995
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
REVENUES
  Sales.............................................  $ 5,561,008  $ 7,639,664  $ 11,427,700  $ 1,800,342  $ 3,023,797
  Franchise and royalty fees........................    1,437,195    1,721,570     2,188,434      584,858      695,982
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                        6,998,203    9,361,234    13,616,134    2,385,200    3,719,779
COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of sales.....................................    3,506,121    4,529,645     5,985,970      946,908    1,611,530
  Franchise costs...................................      929,273    1,008,517     1,376,820      317,978      449,533
  General and administrative........................      814,276      969,116     1,234,002      293,925      347,460
  Retail operating expenses.........................    1,180,030    1,571,360     2,749,511      522,356      828,166
  Loss on store closing.............................       65,249       31,930       --           --           --
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                        6,494,949    8,110,568    11,346,303    2,081,167    3,236,689
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
  Operating profit..................................      503,254    1,250,666     2,269,831      304,033      483,090
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
  Interest expense..................................     (101,520)     (87,929)     (152,592)     (21,146)     (61,838)
  Interest income...................................        5,178        9,681        22,580        4,765        7,022
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                          (96,342)     (78,248)     (130,012)     (16,381)     (54,816)
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
  Income before income tax expense..................      406,912    1,172,418     2,139,819      287,652      428,274
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
  Current...........................................        3,000      259,226       749,516      119,879      160,603
  Deferred..........................................      --            51,405        39,871      --           --
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            3,000      310,631       789,387      119,879      160,603
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
NET INCOME..........................................      403,912      861,787     1,350,432      167,773      267,671
  Dividend requirements on preferred stock..........      119,725       88,733        14,610        3,653      --
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
INCOME ALLOCABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS.............  $   284,187  $   773,054  $  1,335,822  $   164,120  $   267,671
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
PRIMARY INCOME PER COMMON AND EQUIVALENT SHARE......  $       .18  $       .43  $        .51  $       .07  $       .10
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
  Weighted average and equivalent shares............    1,595,214    1,813,381     2,612,730    2,284,914    2,739,248
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
FULLY-DILUTED INCOME PER COMMON AND EQUIVALENT
 SHARE..............................................  $       .14  $       .32  $        .49  $       .07  $       .10
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
  Weighted average and equivalent shares............    2,459,152    2,533,530     2,725,690    2,712,971    2,748,224
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                      -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,    FOR THE THREE
                                                 --------------------------------  MONTHS ENDED MAY
                                                    1993       1994       1995         31, 1995
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of period.................  $   46,355  $  46,868  $  65,590     $    79,029
  Conversion of 7% convertible notes to
   common......................................      --         12,495     12,972         --
  Conversion of preferred stock to common......         213      5,567         17             435
  Exercise of stock options....................         300        660        450         --
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at the end of period...................      46,868     65,590     79,029          79,464
PREFERRED STOCK
Balance at beginning of period.................      12,423     11,973      1,496           1,462
  Conversion of preferred stock to common......        (450)   (10,477)       (34)         (1,308)
  Purchase and retirement of preferred stock...      --         --         --                (154)
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................      11,973      1,496      1,462         --
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of period.................   3,774,628  3,806,825  4,197,838       4,700,527
  Conversion of 7% convertible notes to
   common......................................      --        287,505    387,029         --
  Conversion of preferred stock to common......         237      4,909         17             873
  Exercise of stock options....................      30,950     97,589    114,280         --
  Sale of treasury stock.......................       1,010      1,010      1,363         --
  Purchase and retirement of preferred stock...      --         --         --             (25,872)
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................   3,806,825  4,197,838  4,700,527       4,675,528
RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)
Balance at beginning of period.................  (1,383,040)  (979,128)  (117,341)      1,130,522
  Net income...................................     403,912    861,787  1,350,432         267,671
  Preferred stock dividends....................      --         --       (102,569)        --
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................    (979,128)  (117,341) 1,130,522       1,398,193
TREASURY STOCK, AT COST
Balance at beginning of period.................      (5,750)    (5,310)    (4,870)         (4,733)
  Distribution of treasury stock...............         440        440        137         --
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................      (5,310)    (4,870)    (4,733)         (4,733)
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
                                                 $2,881,229  $4,142,713 $5,906,807    $ 6,148,452
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
COMMON SHARES
Balance at beginning of period.................   1,545,162  1,562,245  2,186,335       2,634,289
  Conversion of 7% convertible notes to
   common......................................      --        416,493    432,376         --
  Conversion of preferred stock to common......       7,083    185,597        578          14,513
  Exercise of stock options....................      10,000     22,000     15,000         --
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................   1,562,245  2,186,335  2,634,289       2,648,802
PREFERRED SHARES
Balance at beginning of period.................     124,225    119,725     14,954          14,610
  Conversion of preferred stock to common......      (4,500)  (104,771)      (344)        (13,078)
  Purchase and retirement of preferred stock...      --         --         --              (1,532)
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................     119,725     14,954     14,610         --
TREASURY SHARES
Balance at beginning of period.................       5,228      4,828      4,428           4,303
  Distribution of treasury stock...............        (400)      (400)      (125)        --
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
Balance at end of period.......................       4,828      4,428      4,303           4,303
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
                                                 ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,         ENDED MAY 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                           1993        1994         1995         1994        1995
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income..........................................  $  403,912  $   861,787  $ 1,350,432  $  167,773  $   267,671
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.....................     277,525      333,289      487,737      99,371      159,388
    Loss on store closing.............................      58,841       31,930      --           --          --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Notes and accounts receivable...................    (220,046)    (143,873)    (117,236)    (86,888)      80,039
      Inventories.....................................      73,009     (261,520)    (602,672)    (46,566)      68,663
      Other assets....................................      68,506      (22,104)     (47,474)    (57,665)     (43,822)
      Accounts payable trade..........................     (59,716)     199,512      332,011     (17,762)      12,752
      Income taxes payable............................      --          224,051      121,134    (143,593)    (106,382)
      Deferred income taxes...........................      --           51,406       39,871       7,933      --
      Accrued liabilities.............................      54,245      122,009      153,954       8,901      117,119
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating
         activities...................................     656,276    1,396,487    1,717,757     (68,496)     555,428
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of other assets............................      --          (65,050)     (50,064)     46,433      (17,741)
  Purchase of property and equipment..................    (407,222)  (1,067,866)  (4,399,958)   (685,225)  (1,459,706)
  Disposition of property and equipment...............     165,856       29,242      --           --          --
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
        Net cash used in investing activities.........    (241,366)  (1,103,674)  (4,450,022)   (638,792)  (1,477,447)
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net change in line of credit........................    (350,000)     --           --          150,000      --
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt............     100,000      --         2,437,500      --          754,634
  Principal payments on long-term debt................     (65,505)     (87,967)    (270,882)      6,993      (52,842)
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options.............      31,250       98,248       52,876      10,737      --
  Dividends paid......................................      --          --          (102,570)    (87,960)     --
  Proceeds from sale of treasury stock................       1,450        1,450        1,500         137      --
  Purchase and retirement of preferred stock..........      --          --           --           --          (26,025)
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing
         activities...................................    (282,805)      11,731    2,118,424      79,907      675,767
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
         equivalents..................................     132,105      304,544     (613,841)   (627,381)    (246,252)
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
        Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
         period.......................................     560,097      692,202      996,746     996,746      382,905
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
        Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....  $  692,202  $   996,746  $   382,905  $  369,365  $   136,653
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                        ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURES:
  Interest paid.......................................  $   91,399  $    87,054  $   155,015  $   22,075  $    55,763
  Income taxes paid...................................      --            9,128      628,382     237,231      271,985
NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Issuance of 416,493 and 432,376 shares of Common
   Stock upon conversion of 7% convertible notes in
   1994 and 1995 respectively.........................  $   --      $   300,000  $   400,000  $   --      $   --
  Equipment purchase financed by debt.................      --          --            30,000      --          --
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MAY 31, 1994 AND 1995
                                 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    A  summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation
of the accompanying financial statements follows:

BUSINESS

    The Company is engaged  in the manufacturing,  wholesaling and retailing  of
chocolate candy products.

INVENTORIES

    Inventories  are states at the  lower of cost or  market. Cost is determined
using the first-in, first-out method.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property and equipment are recorded  at cost. Depreciation and  amortization
are computed by the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful life of
the  asset  (buildings --  39  years, equipment  --  5 to  10  years). Leasehold
improvements are  amortized on  a  straight-line basis  over  the lives  of  the
respective  leases  or  the  service lives  of  the  improvements,  whichever is
shorter.

AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL

    Goodwill is amortized on a  straight-line basis over twenty-five years.  The
Company evaluates the impairment of goodwill on the basis of whether goodwill is
recoverable   from  the  projected  undiscounted   net  income  before  goodwill
amortization of the related assets.

FRANCHISE AND ROYALTY FEES

    Franchise fee  revenue  is recognized  upon  completion of  all  significant
initial  services  provided  to  the franchisee  and  upon  satisfaction  of all
material conditions  of the  franchise  agreement. In  addition to  the  initial
franchise  fee, the  Company received a  royalty fee  of 5% and  a marketing and
promotion fee of 1% of the store's gross sales.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

    Cash equivalents  include cash  in  excess of  daily requirements  which  is
invested  in various financial instruments having  an original maturity of three
months or less.

INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

    Primary income  per  common  and  common equivalent  share  is  computed  by
dividing  net income, adjusted for dividends on preferred stock, by the weighted
average number of common  and common equivalent  shares, outstanding during  the
year.  Common equivalent shares result from the assumed issuance of shares under
the Company's Incentive  Stock Option Plan  when dilutive. Fully-diluted  income
per  common share  is computed  as above  and assumes  conversion of convertible
notes payable and cumulative preferred stock, when dilutive.

INTERIM STATEMENTS

    In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim financial statements  as
of  May 31, 1995 and for the three-month  periods ended May 31, 1994 and May 31,
1995 include all  adjustments, consisting only  of those of  a normal  recurring
nature,  necessary to present fairly the  Company's financial position as of May
31, 1995 and the results  of its operations and  cash flows for the  three-month
periods  ended May 31,  1994 and 1995.  The results of  operations for the three
months ended May 31, 1995  are not necessarily indicative  of the results to  be
expected for the full year.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MAY 31, 1994 AND 1995
                                 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE B -- INVENTORIES
    Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FEBRUARY 28,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                    1994          1995      MAY 31, 1995
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Ingredients and supplies......................................  $    541,701  $    712,727  $    691,866
Finished candy................................................       542,643       974,289       926,487
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                $  1,084,344  $  1,687,016  $  1,618,353
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>

NOTE C -- LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

LINE OF CREDIT:

    At  February 28, 1995  and May 31,  1995 the Company  possessed a $1,000,000
line of credit from a bank, collateralized by accounts receivable and inventory.
Draws may  be  made under  the  line at  75%  of eligible  accounts  receivable.
Interest  on borrowings is at prime. Terms of  the line require that the line be
rested (that is, that there  be no outstanding balance)  for two periods of  not
less  than 30 consecutive days during the term  of the loan. There is no balance
owed at February 28, 1995 or May 31, 1995 under the credit line. The credit line
expires in July 1996.

LONG-TERM DEBT:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FEBRUARY 28,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                    1994          1995      MAY 31, 1995
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
7% convertible notes, semi-annual payments of interest only
 through November, 1997 when the principal is payable in full;
 collateralized by plant improvements and equipment...........   $  400,000   $    --       $    --
Note payable under 60-month term, monthly installments of
 $3,110 through March 1998; interest rate variable at bank
 base rate (8.95% at February 28, 1995); collateralized by
 machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures.................      127,259        --            --
Chattel mortgage note payable in monthly installments of
 $9,247 through August 2004; including interest at 8.25% per
 annum; collateralized by machinery, equipment, furniture and
 fixtures                                                            --            711,689       698,134
Real estate mortgage note payable in monthly installments of
 $14,506 through August, 2004; interest rate of 8.25%;
 collateralized by factory building...........................       --          1,660,275     1,651,287
Capital lease obligation, 60-month term, payable in monthly
 installments of $3,503 through June 1996; interest imputed at
 11.04%.......................................................      109,214         66,070        45,818
Chattel mortgage note payable in monthly installments of
 $25,882 through June 2000; interest at 10.0% per annum;
 collateralized by machinery, equipment, furniture and
 fixtures.....................................................       --            --            754,634
</TABLE>

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MAY 31, 1994 AND 1995
                                 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE C -- LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FEBRUARY 28,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                    1994          1995      MAY 31, 1995
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Promissory note payable in monthly installments of $1,000
 through June 1996, when entire outstanding principal balance
 is due; non-interest bearing; collateralized by equipment
 purchased from note holder...................................       --             21,000        18,000
Chattel mortgage note payable in monthly installments of
 $2,746 through May 1996; including interest at 13.46% per
 annum collateralized by equipment............................       63,656         37,713        30,667
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                    700,129      2,496,747     3,198,540
Less current maturities.......................................       96,109        182,852       176,135
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                 $  604,020   $  2,313,895  $  3,022,405
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>

    The 7% convertible notes  were convertible at the  option of the payee  into
shares  of  Common  Stock of  the  Company  at conversion  prices  determined by
formulas based upon the market price  of the Common Stock. In addition,  certain
registration rights were granted with respect to the Common Stock into which the
notes  are convertible. The  payee is the principal  stockholder of the Company.
Interest expense on these notes during  the three years ended February 28,  1995
(including amortization of deferred loan costs) was $12,250, $50,121 and $51,563
respectively.  On May 31, 1994 the remaining $400,000 of notes were converted by
the holder into 432,376 shares of  Common Stock. If the conversion had  occurred
on  March 1, 1994, primary income per share for the year ended February 28, 1995
would have been $.49 per share.

    Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Year-ending February 28,
  1996..........................................................  $  182,852
  1997..........................................................     135,130
  1998..........................................................     109,186
  1999..........................................................     118,543
  2000..........................................................     128,701
  Thereafter....................................................   1,822,335
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  $2,496,747
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  ----------
</TABLE>

NOTE D -- OPERATING LEASES
    The Company conducts its retail sales operations in facilities leased  under
five  to 10 year noncancelable operating leases. There are options to renew some
leases for an additional five years  at increased monthly rentals. The  majority
of  the  leases provide  for  contingent rentals  based  on sales  in  excess of
predetermined base levels.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MAY 31, 1994 AND 1995
                                 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE D -- OPERATING LEASES (CONTINUED)
    The following  is a  schedule  by year  of  future minimum  rental  payments
required under such leases:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Year-ending February 28,
  1996..........................................................  $  461,789
  1997..........................................................     475,149
  1998..........................................................     477,539
  1999..........................................................     419,377
  2000..........................................................     312,709
  Thereafter....................................................     406,988
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  $2,553,551
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  ----------
</TABLE>

    In  some  instances, in  order to  retain  the right  to site  selection, or
because of requirements imposed by the lessor, the Company leases space for  its
proposed  franchised stores. When a franchise is sold, the space is subleased to
the franchisee, who is  responsible for the monthly  rent and other  obligations
under  the lease. The Company's liability as primary lessee on sublet franchised
store locations, all of which is offset by sublease rentals, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Year-ending February 28,
  1996..........................................................  $  982,780
  1997..........................................................     822,435
  1998..........................................................     597,762
  1999..........................................................     491,609
  2000..........................................................     384,272
  Thereafter....................................................     417,425
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  $3,696,283
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  ----------
</TABLE>

    The following is a schedule of lease expense for all operating leases:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED MAY
                                              YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,                   31,
                                       --------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                          1993         1994          1995         1994         1995
                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Minimum rentals......................  $   625,586  $   748,510  $  1,042,235  $   237,368  $   328,435
Less sublease rentals................     (316,795)    (422,292)     (663,457)    (165,861)    (218,720)
Contingent rentals...................       21,154       23,045        33,040       23,111       44,820
                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                       $   329,945  $   349,263  $    411,818  $    94,618  $   154,535
                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                       -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

NOTE E -- RELATED PARTY LEASE
    Until June 1994, the  Company leased land and  its factory building under  a
ten  year operating lease with the President of the Company for a monthly rental
of $7,750. On June 2, 1994, the Company acquired the land and building from  the
President at a price of $700,332.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MAY 31, 1994 AND 1995
                                 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE F -- INCOME TAXES
    Income tax expense is composed of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MAY
                                                   YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,                31,
                                               ---------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                 1993        1994        1995        1994        1995
                                               ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Federal
  Current....................................  $   3,000  $  216,899  $  658,061  $  105,496  $  139,189
  Deferred...................................     --          51,405      39,871      --          --
State........................................     --          42,327      91,455      14,383      21,414
                                               ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               $   3,000  $  310,631  $  789,387  $  119,879  $  160,603
                                               ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

    A  reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective
rate as a percentage of pretax income is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS
                                                         YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,     ENDED MAY 31,
                                                        --------------------------   ---------------
                                                         1993      1994      1995     1994     1995
                                                        -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Statutory rate........................................   34.0%     34.0%    34.0%    34.0%    34.0%
Goodwill amortization.................................    1.4        .7       .4       .7       .5
Reduction in valuation allowance......................  (35.0)    (11.1)     --       --       --
State income taxes, net of federal benefit............   --         3.6      2.8      3.3      3.3
Other.................................................     .3       (.7)     (.3)     3.7      (.3)
                                                        -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
                                                           .7%     26.5%    36.9%    41.7%    37.5%
                                                        -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
                                                        -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
</TABLE>

    The components of deferred income taxes at February 28, 1995 and 1994 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEFERRED TAX ASSET                                                       1994         1995
--------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts.....................................  $    19,430  $    18,863
Accrued compensation................................................       37,976       49,723
Deferred lease rentals..............................................        7,660       12,753
                                                                      -----------  -----------
    Net deferred tax asset..........................................  $    65,066  $    81,339
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------

<CAPTION>

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Depreciation........................................................  $  (116,472) $  (172,616)
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

NOTE G -- PREFERRED STOCK
    Each share of the $1.00 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock  (""Preferred
Stock")  was  entitled  to  a  cumulative  annual  dividend  of  $1.00  and  was
convertible into Common Stock at $9.00 per share of Common Stock with each share
of Preferred Stock being  valued at $10.00 for  the purpose of such  conversion.
The  conversion price was subject to adjustment  in certain events. The value of
each share of Preferred Stock for the purpose of conversion was increased by the
amount of all unpaid cumulative dividends.

    The Preferred Stock was redeemable  at the option of  the Company at a  call
price  of  $10.20 per  share plus  cumulative dividends.  At February  28, 1995,
cumulative dividends of $.16 per share ($2,338) remained unpaid.

    On February 15, 1995,  the Company called for  redemption at March 17,  1995
all  outstanding shares of its Preferred Stock  at a redemption price of $10.41,
including $.21 in unpaid, accrued dividends. As of

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MAY 31, 1994 AND 1995
                                 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE G -- PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
February 28, 1995, 14,610 shares of Preferred Stock had not been converted; and,
as of March 17, 1995, all Preferred shares had been converted or redeemed by the
Company and Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory Preferred Stock was de-listed  from
the Nasdaq Market System.

NOTE H -- STOCK OPTION PLANS
    Under the Incentive Stock Option Plan and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for
Nonemployee  Directors, options  to purchase  up to  215,000 and  60,000 shares,
respectively, of the  Company's Common Stock  may be granted  at prices no  less
than  market value  at date of  grant. At May  31, 1995, there  were options for
186,000 shares outstanding under these plans, which expire, if not exercised, in
July 1995 through June 24, 2002. Options for 186,000 shares were exercisable  at
May 31, 1995.

    The  following  table sets  forth the  option activity  for the  years ended
February 28, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended May 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   OPTION PRICE
YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1994                            SHARES      PER SHARE        TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------  ---------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of year.........................    163,000  $   3.125-5.25  $    611,000
Exercised............................................    (22,000)     3.125-5.25       (74,750)
                                                       ---------  --------------  ------------
Balance at end of year...............................    141,000  $   3.125-5.25  $    536,250
                                                       ---------                  ------------
                                                       ---------                  ------------

<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
-----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of year.........................    141,000  $   3.125-5.25  $    536,250
Granted..............................................     66,000           13.50       891,000
Forfeited............................................     (6,000)          13.50       (81,000)
Exercised............................................    (15,000)     3.125-4.00       (38,475)
                                                       ---------  --------------  ------------
Balance at end of year...............................    186,000  $  3.125-13.50  $  1,307,775
                                                       ---------                  ------------
                                                       ---------                  ------------
<CAPTION>

THREE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995
-----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of year.........................    186,000  $  3.125-13.50  $  1,307,775
Granted..............................................     --            --             --
Forfeited............................................     --            --             --
Exercised............................................     --            --             --
                                                       ---------  --------------  ------------
Balance at end of period.............................    186,000  $  3.125-13.50  $  1,307,775
                                                       ---------                  ------------
                                                       ---------                  ------------
</TABLE>

NOTE I -- SEGMENT INFORMATION
    The Company operates in only one industry segment. All significant  revenues
relate  to sales of its products  through Company operated and franchised retail
stores.

NOTE J -- SUPPLEMENTAL EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
    Supplemental primary and fully-diluted earnings per common share were  $0.53
and  $0.51, respectively, for  the year ended  February 28, 1995.  For the three
months in the period ended May 31, 1995, supplemental primary and  fully-diluted
earnings  per  share  were $0.10.  Supplemental  earnings per  common  share are
calculated assuming that retirement  of debt ($1,500,000)  with the proceeds  of
the  offering of common  stock had occurred  at the beginning  of the respective
periods. The weighted average shares outstanding used for this calculation  were
2,706,774  and 2,819,734, respectively, for the year ended February 28, 1995 and
2,833,292 for the three months in the period ended May 31, 1995.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS  OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST
NOT BE  RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING  BEEN AUTHORIZED  BY  THE COMPANY,  THE  SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS OR THE UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL,  OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER  TO PURCHASE, ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY  PERSON
IN  ANY  JURISDICTION WHERE  SUCH AN  OFFER OR  SOLICITATION WOULD  BE UNLAWFUL.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE  HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

                            ------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           5
Use of Proceeds................................           8
Dividend Policy................................           8
Price Range of Common Stock....................           8
Capitalization.................................           9
Selected Financial Data........................          10
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          11
Business.......................................          18
Management.....................................          29
Certain Transactions...........................          33
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............          33
Description of Capital Stock...................          35
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          36
Underwriting...................................          37
Legal Matters..................................          37
Experts........................................          37
Additional Information.........................          38
Financial Statements...........................         F-1
</TABLE>

                                 900,000 SHARES

                                     [LOGO]

                                 ROCKY MOUNTAIN
                            CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                             ---------------------

                              P R O S P E C T U S

                             ---------------------

                                     [LOGO]
                                           , 1995
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The   following  table  sets  forth  the  costs  and  expenses,  other  than
underwriting discounts and commissions, incurred or to be incurred in connection
with the sale of  the Common Stock being  registered (all amounts are  estimated
except  the SEC  Registration Fee,  the NASD Filing  Fee and  the Nasdaq Listing
Fees) all of which will be paid by the Registrant:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................  $   6,425
NASD Filing Fee...................................................      2,363
Nasdaq Listing Fees...............................................      7,013
Blue Sky Qualification Fees and Expenses (including legal
 expenses)........................................................      5,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................     40,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................    125,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.................................      5,000
Printing and Engraving............................................     40,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................     19,199
                                                                    ---------
  Total...........................................................  $ 250,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Article XII  of  the Registrant's  Articles  of Incorporation,  as  amended,
provides as follows:

        The  personal  liability  of  a  director  to  the  corporation  or  its
    shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director
    is limited to the full extent provided by Colorado law.

    Article IX  of  the Registrant's  Bylaws  provides that  the  Company  shall
indemnify  directors, officers, employees and  agents in accordance with Article
109 of the  Colorado Business  Corporation Act.  The Bylaws  also authorize  the
Company  to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of such persons regardless
of whether  the Company  would have  the power  to indemnify  for the  liability
insured against.

    Article 109 of the Colorado Business Corporation Act allows a corporation to
indemnify  its  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  against liability
incurred because such person is or  was an officer, director, employee or  agent
if  such person, (i) conducted himself or herself in good faith; (ii) reasonably
believed, (x)  in  the  case  of  conduct  in  an  official  capacity  with  the
corporation,  that his or conduct  was in the best  interests of the corporation
(or employee benefit plan, if applicable), or  (y) in all other cases, that  his
or her conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests; and
(iii)  in the  case of  any criminal proceeding,  such person  had no reasonable
cause to believe the conduct was unlawful.

    A corporation is prohibited from indemnifying an officer, director, employee
of agent if such person was adjudged  liable to the corporation or was  adjudged
liable on the basis that he or she derived an improper personal benefit.

    A  corporation is  required to indemnify  an officer,  director, employee or
agent if  such person  was wholly  successful, on  the merits  or otherwise,  in
defense  of any proceeding to which such  person was a party, against reasonable
expenses incurred by him or her in connection with the proceeding.

    Article  109  also  contains  provisions  relating  to  the  advancement  of
expenses,   petitioning   the  court   for  indemnification,   authorization  of
indemnification  by  disinterested  parties   and  notice  to  shareholders   of
indemnification.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

    The  following information relates to all  securities sold by the Registrant
within the past three years and not registered under the Securities Act of  1933
(the "Securities Act").

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    The  only securities sold by the Registrant  within the past three years and
not registered under the Securities Act  have been connection with the  exercise
of  employee stock  options granted to  certain key employees  of the Registrant
pursuant to the  Registrant's 1985  Incentive Stock Option  Plan. During  fiscal
year  1994,  four  employees of  the  Company  exercised stock  options  for the
purchase of a  total of 22,000  shares of  Common Stock at  an average  exercise
price  of  $3.40 per  share. During  fiscal  year 1995,  three employees  of the
Company exercised stock options for the purchase of a total of 15,000 shares  of
Common Stock at an average exercise price of $3.53 per share.

    On  November  20, 1987,  the Company's  Board of  Directors approved  a Note
Purchase Agreement (the "Note Purchase Agreement") dated November 16, 1987,  and
certain  other  agreements  with  the  Selling  Stockholders  and  in connection
therewith, among other things, sold to the Selling Stockholders the Company's 7%
Convertible Secured  Notes due  November 16,  1997, in  the aggregate  principal
amount  of  $1,100,000. In  addition, in  January 1989,  the Company's  Board of
Directors approved the  sale to  the Selling  Stockholders of  an additional  7%
Convertible  Secured  Note due  November 16,  1997, in  the principal  amount of
$100,000 (together with the notes sold  on November 16, 1987, the "Notes").  The
Selling  Stockholders  has  converted all  of  the  Notes into  an  aggregate of
1,586,957 shares  of common  stock. In  fiscal years  1993, 1994  and 1995,  the
number  of shares of Common Stock issued to the Selling Stockholders pursuant to
conversions of Notes were -0-, 416,493 and 432,376 shares, respectively.

    In addition,  the  Company  has  issued stock  bonuses  to  certain  of  its
franchisees  that were selected by the Company  as "Franchisees of the Year." In
the 1993, 1994  and 1995  fiscal years,  the number  of shares  of Common  Stock
issued  to franchisees pursuant  to this program  were 400, 400  and 125 shares,
respectively. In addition,  on May  31, 1995, 150  shares of  Common Stock  were
issued to a franchisee pursuant to this program.

    Each  of the transactions described above was conducted in reliance upon the
exemption from registration provided in Section  3(a)(9) or Section 4(2) of  the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each of the
certificates  representing the Registrant's securities issued in connection with
such  transactions  contains  a  restrictive  legend,  as  appropriate,  and  no
underwriters participated in such transactions.

    No other sales of unregistered securities were made by the Registrant during
the past three-year period.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a)  Exhibits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION
---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
     1.1   Form of Purchase Agreement
     3.1   Articles of Incorporation, as amended
     3.2   Bylaws, as amended on June 10, 1987
     4.1   Form  of Statement of Designation  of Series and Determination  of Rights and Preferences of
           $1.00 Cumulative Convertible Preferred  Stock, as amended (no  shares of such series  remain
           outstanding)
     4.2   Specimen Preferred Stock Certificate
     4.3   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
     4.8   Working  Capital Loan Agreement dated October 17, 1991 between Registrant and Burns National
           Bank of Durango (Amended by agreements provided as Exhibits 4.12, 4.16, 4.18 and 4.19 below)
     4.10  Lease agreement dated July 19, 1991 between Registrant and Ford Equipment Leasing Company
     4.11  Installment note dated August 23, 1991 between Registrant and Textron Financial Corp.
</TABLE>

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION
---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
     4.12  Change in Terms Agreement (to Working Capital Loan Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as
           Exhibit 4.8) dated October 17, 1994
     4.13  Letters of commitment  from financial  institutions supporting commitment  of $3,500,000  in
           financing
     4.14  Chattel Mortgage Loan Agreement dated June 2, 1994 for $750,000 between Registrant and First
           National Bank of Farmington
     4.15  Real Estate Mortgage Loan Agreement dated June 2, 1994 for $1,687,500 between Registrant and
           First National Bank of Farmington
     4.16  Change in Terms Agreement (to Working Capital Loan Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as
           Exhibit 4.8) dated April 12, 1995
     4.17  Chattel  Mortgage Loan Agreement dated April 12,  1995 for $1,500,000 between Registrant and
           First National Bank of Farmington
     4.18  Third Amendment  to Loan  Agreement dated  April  12, 1995  (amending Working  Capital  Loan
           Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as Exhibit 4.8)
     4.19  Change in Terms Agreement (to Working Capital Loan Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as
           Exhibit 4.8) dated July 17, 1995
     5.1   Opinion of Thompson & Knight, A Professional Corporation
    10.1   Form of Stock Option Agreement for Incentive Stock Option Plan
    10.2   Incentive Stock Option Plan of Registrant as amended July 27, 1990
    10.4   Current form of franchise agreement
    10.5   Form of Real Estate Lease between Registrant as Lessee and franchisee as Sublessee
    10.7   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Nonemployee Directors for Registrant
    10.8   Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors of Registrant, as amended
    10.9   1995 Stock Option Plan of Registrant
    10.10  Forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 1995 Stock Option Plan
    10.11  Forms of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 1995 Stock Option Plan
    11.1   Statement re computation of per share earnings
    23.1   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
    23.2   Consent of Thompson & Knight, A Professional Corporation (included in their opinion filed as
           Exhibit 5.1)
    24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on Page II-5)
</TABLE>

    (b)  Financial Statement Schedules

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants on Schedule

Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
</TABLE>

    All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
registrant   pursuant   to   the  foregoing   provisions,   or   otherwise,  the

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
registrant has been advised that in  the opinion of the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  such indemnification  is against public  policy as  expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or  controlling
person  of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit or
proceeding) is  asserted by  such  director, officer  or controlling  person  in
connection  with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned registrant also hereby undertakes that:

        (1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from  the form of prospectus  filed as part of  this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus  filed by  the registrant  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1)  or (4) or
    497(h) under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be deemed  to  be  part  of  this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of  determining any liability under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus  shall
    be  deemed to  be a  new registration  statement relating  to the securities
    offered therein, and the offering of  such securities at that time shall  be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, Rocky Mountain
Chocolate Factory, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned, thereunto  duly  authorized,  in  Durango,
Colorado, on August 25, 1995.

                                          ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                                      By:         /s/  FRANKLIN E. CRAIL

                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    Franklin E. Crail
                                          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND
                                                        PRESIDENT

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned directors and officers
of Rocky  Mountain Chocolate  Factory, Inc.,  a Colorado  corporation, which  is
filing  a Registration  Statement on Form  S-1 with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549 under the provisions of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, hereby constitute and  appoint Franklin E. Crail and  Lawrence
C. Rezentes, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents,
with  full power of  substitution and resubstitution,  for him and  in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration  Statement
and  any or all amendments to the Registration Statement, including a Prospectus
or an  amended  Prospectus  therein,  and  all  other  documents  in  connection
therewith to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to
do  and perform each and every act and  thing requisite and necessary to be done
in and about the premises, as fully to  all intents and purposes as he might  or
could   do  in   person,  hereby   ratifying  and   confirming  all   that  said
attorneys-in-fact as agents or any of them, or their substitute or  substitutes,
may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                  DATE
--------------------------------------------------  -------------------------  ----------------
<C>                                                 <S>                        <C>

                                                    Chairman of the Board of
                   /s/  FRANKLIN E. CRAIL            Directors, President,
   -------------------------------------------       Treasurer and Director    August 25, 1995
                Franklin E. Crail                    (principal executive
                                                     officer)

                /s/  LAWRENCE C. REZENTES           Vice President -- Finance
   -------------------------------------------       (principal financial and  August 25, 1995
               Lawrence C. Rezentes                  accounting officer)

                   /s/  LEE N. MORTENSON
   -------------------------------------------      Director                   August 25, 1995
                 Lee N. Mortenson

                   /s/  RALPH L. NAFZIGER           Vice President --
   -------------------------------------------       Manufacturing and         August 25, 1995
                Ralph L. Nafziger                    Director

                    /s/  FRED M. TRAINOR
   -------------------------------------------      Director                   August 25, 1995
                 Fred M. Trainor
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                  DATE
--------------------------------------------------  -------------------------  ----------------
<C>                                                 <S>                        <C>

                     /s/  GERALD A. KIEN
   -------------------------------------------      Director                   August 25, 1995
                  Gerald A. Kien

                   /s/  EVERETT A. SISSON
   -------------------------------------------      Director                   August 25, 1995
                Everett A. Sisson
</TABLE>

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                        DESCRIPTION                                 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TO
---------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                  <C>
 1.1       Form of Purchase Agreement                           Filed herewith

 3.1       Articles of Incorporation, as amended                Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
                                                                August 1, 1988

 3.2       Bylaws, as amended on June 10, 1987                  Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
                                                                the Registrant for the fiscal year ended February
                                                                28, 1987

 4.1       Form of Statement of Designation of Series and       Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 of Registration
           Determination of Rights and Preferences of $1.00     Statement on Form S-18 (No. 33-2016-D); and Exhibit
           Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, as amended   4.1 to Amendment No. 3 of Registration Statement on
           (no shares of such series remain outstanding)        Form S-18 (No. 3302016-D)

 4.2       Specimen Preferred Stock Certificate                 Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 2 of Registration
                                                                Statement on Form S-18 (No. 33-2016-D)

 4.3       Specimen Common Stock Certificate                    Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
                                                                August 1, 1988

 4.8       Working Capital Loan Agreement dated October 17,     Exhibit 4.8 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           1991 between Registrant and Burns National Bank of   fiscal year ended February 29, 1992
           Durango (Amended by agreements provided as Exhibits
           4.12, 4.16, 4.18 and 4.19 below)

 4.10      Lease agreement dated July 19, 1991 between          Exhibit 4.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           Registrant and Ford Equipment Leasing Company        fiscal year ended February 29, 1992

 4.11      Installment note dated August 23, 1991 between       Exhibit 4.11 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           Registrant and Textron Financial Corp.               fiscal year ended February 29, 1992

 4.12      Change in Terms Agreement (to Working Capital Loan   Exhibit 4.12 to Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
           Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as Exhibit    the fiscal year ended February 28, 1994
           4.8) dated October 17, 1994

 4.13      Letters of commitment from financial institutions    Exhibit 4.13 to Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
           supporting commitment of $3,500,000 in financing     the fiscal year ended February 28, 1994

 4.14      Chattel Mortgage Loan Agreement dated June 2, 1994   Exhibit 4.14 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           for $750,000 between Registrant and First National   fiscal year ended February 28, 1995
           Bank of Farmington

 4.15      Real Estate Mortgage Loan Agreement dated June 2,    Exhibit 4.15 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           1994 for $1,687,500 between Registrant and First     fiscal year ended February 28, 1995
           National Bank of Farmington

 4.16      Change in Terms Agreement (to Working Capital Loan   Exhibit 4.16 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as Exhibit    fiscal year ended February 28, 1995
           4.8) dated April 12, 1995
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                        DESCRIPTION                                 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TO
---------  ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                  <C>
 4.17      Chattel Mortgage Loan Agreement dated April 12,      Exhibit 4.17 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           1995 for $1,500,000 between Registrant and First     fiscal year ended February 28, 1995
           National Bank of Farmington

 4.18      Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated April 12,    Filed herewith
           1995 (amending Working Capital Loan Agreement dated
           October 17, 1991 filed as Exhibit 4.8)

 4.19      Change in Terms Agreement (to Working Capital Loan   Filed herewith
           Agreement dated October 17, 1991 filed as Exhibit
           4.8) dated July 17, 1995

 5.1       Opinion of Thompson & Knight, A Professional         Filed herewith
           Corporation

10.1       Form of Stock Option Agreement for Incentive Stock   Exhibit 10.3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           Option Plan                                          fiscal year ended February 28, 1986

10.2       Incentive Stock Option Plan of Registrant as         Exhibit 10.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           amended July 27, 1990                                fiscal year ended February 28, 1991

10.4       Current form of franchise agreement                  Exhibit 10.4 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                fiscal year ended February 28, 1995

10.5       Form of Real Estate Lease between Registrant as      Exhibit 10.7 to Registration Statement on Form S-18
           Lessee and franchisee as Sublessee                   (No. 33-2016-D)

10.7       Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for      Filed herewith
           Nonemployee Directors for Registrant

10.8       Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee       Filed herewith
           Directors of Registrant, as amended

10.9       1995 Stock Option Plan of Registrant                 Filed herewith

10.10      Forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 1995   Filed herewith
           Stock Option Plan

10.11      Forms of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for     Filed herewith
           1995 Stock Option Plan

11.1       Statement re computation of per share earnings       Exhibit 11.1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                fiscal year ended February 28, 1995 and Exhibit
                                                                11.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                                                                quarter ended May 31, 1995

23.1       Consent of Grant Thornton LLP                        Filed herewith

23.2       Consent of Thompson & Knight, A Professional
           Corporation (included in their opinion filed as
           Exhibit 5.1)

24.1       Powers of Attorney (included on Page II-5)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                                            Appendix A.
                                                            -----------

FRONT COVER PAGE OF PROSPECTUS

The front cover page of the prospectus contains a light color background that
reflects an artist's rendering of an old fashioned chocolate factory.  Supplies
are shown arriving by barge and wagon and a farm and mountains appear in the
background.

PAGE 2 OF PROSPECTUS:

Page 2 of the prospectus contains four color pictures:  a store operator pouring
hot fudge on a marble cooling table while customers observe; a typical store
front for an outlet mall location; a plate of chocolates; and a typical store
front at a tourist location.

This page opens up into a gatefold which contains a number of color pictures.
The page that folds out from the cover page of the prospectus shows (clockwise
from the upper left) caramel apples, fudge, truffels and strawberries dipped in
chocolate.

The page to the left of page 2 shows a cup of coffee in the center surrounded by
containers of coffee and sauces, truffels, chocolates, candy bars and baskets
and tins used to package products.

The page to the right of page 2 contains two color pictures (one above the
other) of the inside of a typical store.  Each picture shows, in a Victorian
decor, the counters, crates and barrels in which products are displayed.

<PAGE>

BACK COVER PAGE OF PROSPECTUS

The back cover page of the prospectus contains a light color background that
reflects an artist's rendering of an old fashioned chocolate factory.  Supplies
are shown arriving by barge and wagon and a farm and mountains appear in the
background.

PAGE 2 OF PROSPECTUS:

Page 2 of the prospectus contains four color pictures:  a store operator pouring
hot fudge on a marble cooling table while customers observe; a typical store
front for an outlet mall location; a plate of chocolates; and a typical store
front at a tourist location.

This page opens up into a gatefold which contains a number of color pictures.
The page that folds out from the back cover page of the prospectus shows
(clockwise from the upper left) caramel apples, fudge, truffels and strawberries
dipped in chocolate.

The page to the left of page 2 shows a cup of coffee in the center surrounded by
containers of coffee and sauces, truffels, chocolates, candy bars and baskets
and tins used to package products.

The page to the right of page 2 contains two color pictures (one above the
other) of the inside of a typical store.  Each picture shows, in a Victorian
decor, the counters, crates and barrels in which products are displayed.


<PAGE>

                                900,000 SHARES(1)

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                                             , 1995
                                                  -----------

PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402

Gentlemen:

     Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the
"Company"), and the stockholders listed on Schedule I hereto (the "Selling
Stockholders"), severally propose to sell to you (the "Underwriter") an
aggregate of 900,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") of Common Stock, par value $.03
per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company.  The Firm Shares consist of
300,000 authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold by
the Company and 600,000 outstanding shares of Common Stock to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders.  The Company and certain of the Selling Stockholders have
also granted to you an option to purchase up to 50,625 and 84,375 additional
shares of Common Stock, respectively, on the terms and for the purposes set
forth in Section 3 hereof (the "Option Shares").  The Firm Shares and any Option
Shares purchased pursuant to this Purchase Agreement are herein collectively
called the "Securities."

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their agreement
with respect to the sale of the Securities to you.

1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No.
33-_____) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of
prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and
regulations ("Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") thereunder and has been filed with the Commission; one or
more amendments to such registration statement have also been so prepared and
have been, or will be, so filed.  Copies of such registration statement and
amendments and each related preliminary prospectus have been delivered to you.

     If the Company has elected not to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations, the Company has prepared and will promptly file an amendment to the
registration statement and an amended prospectus.  If the Company has elected to
rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, it will prepare and file a
prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) that discloses the information previously
omitted

-------------------

(1)Plus an option to purchase up to 135,000 additional shares to cover over-
allotments.

<PAGE>

from the prospectus in reliance  upon Rule 430A.  Such registration statement as
amended at the time it is or was declared effective by the Commission, and, in
the event of any amendment thereto after the effective date and prior to the
First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), such registration statement as so
amended (but only from and after the effectiveness of such amendment), including
the information deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of
effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A(b), if applicable, is hereinafter called the
"Registration Statement."  The prospectus included in the Registration Statement
at the time it is or was declared effective by the Commission is hereinafter
called the "Prospectus," except that if any prospectus filed by the Company with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or any other
prospectus provided to you by the Company for use in connection with the
offering of the Securities (whether or not required to be filed by the Company
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations)
differs from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement is or
was declared effective by the Commission, the term "Prospectus" shall refer to
such differing prospectus from and after the time such prospectus is filed with
the Commission or transmitted to the Commission for filing pursuant to such
Rule 424(b) or from and after the time it is first provided to you by the
Company for such use.  The term "Preliminary Prospectus" as used herein means
any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the
time it becomes or became effective under the Act and any prospectus subject to
completion as described in Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS.

          (a)  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with you, as
follows:

          (i)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
     Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and each Preliminary
     Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, did not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light
     of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except
     that the foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any
     Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
     information furnished to the Company by you specifically for use in the
     preparation thereof.

          (ii)  As of the time the Registration Statement (or any post-effective
     amendment thereto) is or was declared effective by the Commission, upon the
     filing or first delivery to you of the Prospectus (or any supplement to the
     Prospectus) and at the First Closing Date and Second Closing Date (as
     hereinafter defined), (A) the Registration Statement and Prospectus (in
     each case, as so amended and/or supplemented) will conform or conformed in
     all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
     Regulations, (B) the Registration Statement (as so amended) will not or did
     not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading, and (C) the Prospectus (as so
     supplemented) will not or did not include an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in
     which they are or were made, not misleading; except that the foregoing
     shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any such document in
     reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the
     Company by you or the Selling Stockholders, specifically for use in the
     preparation thereof.  If the Registration Statement has been declared
     effective by the Commission, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
     the Registration Statement has been issued, and no proceeding for that
     purpose has been initiated or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened by
     the Commission.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

          (iii)  The consolidated financial statements of the Company, together
     with the notes thereto, set forth in the Registration Statement and
     Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act
     and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as of the dates
     indicated and the results of operations and changes in cash flows for the
     periods therein specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting
     principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as
     otherwise stated therein); and the supporting schedules included in the
     Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated
     therein.  No other financial statements or schedules are required to be
     included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus.  Grant Thornton, LLP,
     which has expressed its opinion with respect to the consolidated financial
     statements and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and
     included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, are independent
     public accountants as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (iv)  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
     incorporation.  The Company has full corporate power and authority to own
     its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and
     as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is duly
     qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in each
     jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the
     conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary and in which the
     failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect upon its
     business, condition (financial or otherwise) or properties, taken as a
     whole.

          (v)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
     respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not incurred any material
     liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any
     material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any
     distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there has
     not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number
     of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon
     the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or pursuant to employee
     benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement), or any material
     change in the short-term or long-term debt, or any issuance of options,
     warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital
     stock, of the Company (other than pursuant to employee benefit plans
     referred to in the Registration Statement) or any material adverse change,
     or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
     general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, key
     personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
     Company, taken as a whole.

          (vi)  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not pending or,
     to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action,
     suit or proceeding to which the Company is a party before or by any court
     or governmental agency, authority or body, or any arbitrator, which might
     result in any material adverse change in the condition (financial or
     otherwise), business, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
     Company, taken as a whole.

          (vii)  There are no contracts or documents of the Company that are
     required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Act
     or by the Rules and Regulations that have not been so filed.

          (viii)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding
     obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

     with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by
     federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be
     limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
     the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of
     equity.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
     consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a
     breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a
     default under, any statute, any agreement or instrument to which the
     Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property
     is subject, the Company's charter or by-laws, or any order, rule,
     regulation or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having
     jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties; no consent,
     approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or
     governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated hereby, including the issuance or sale of the Securities by
     the Company, except such as may be required under the Act or state
     securities or blue sky laws; and the Company has full power and authority
     to enter into this Agreement and to authorize, issue and sell the
     Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

          (ix)  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
     Company, including the outstanding shares of Common Stock, are duly
     authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been
     issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not
     issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights
     to subscribe for or purchase securities, and the holders thereof are not
     subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the
     Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly
     authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
     terms hereof, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and
     nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal
     liability by reason of being such holders; and the capital stock of the
     Company, including the Common Stock, conforms to the description thereof in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus.  Except as otherwise stated in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no preemptive rights
     or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon
     the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
     Company's charter, by-laws or any agreement or other instrument to which
     the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound.  Neither the
     filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the
     Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for
     or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other
     securities of the Company.  Except as described in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements,
     contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the
     Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company.  The Company has an
     authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus.

          (x)  The Company holds, and is operating in compliance in all material
     respects with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits,
     easements, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental or
     self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and to the
     knowledge of the Company all such franchises, grants, authorizations,
     licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid
     and in full force and effect; and the Company is in compliance in all
     material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign
     laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

          (xi)  The Company has good and marketable title to all property
     described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as being owned by
     it, in each case free and clear of all


                                       -4-


<PAGE>

     liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances except such as are
     described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such as do
     not substantially affect the value of such property and do not materially
     interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the
     Company; the property held under lease by the Company is held by it under
     valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with
     respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect
     with the conduct of the business of the Company; the Company owns or
     possesses all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks,
     tradenames, trademark registrations, service mark registrations,
     copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and rights necessary for
     the conduct of the business of the Company as currently carried on and as
     described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; except as stated in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus, no name which the Company uses
     and no other aspect of the business of the Company will involve or give
     rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any patents,
     patent applications, trademarks, service marks, tradenames, trademark
     registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses,
     inventions, trade secrets or other similar rights of others material to the
     business or prospects of the Company and the Company has not received any
     notice alleging any such infringement or fee.

          (xii)  The Company is not in violation of its respective charter or
     by-laws or in breach of or otherwise in default in the performance of any
     material obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond,
     debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other contract, lease or
     other instrument material to the conduct of the business of the Company to
     which it is subject or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the
     material property or assets of the Company is subject.

          (xiii)  The Company has filed all federal, state, local and foreign
     income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and is not in default
     in the payment of any taxes which were stated to be payable pursuant to
     said returns or any assessments with respect thereto, other than any which
     the Company is contesting in good faith.

          (xiv)  The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any
     prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and
     sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus or the
     Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the
     Company.

          (xv)  The Securities have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq
     National Market.

          (xvi)  The Company owns no capital stock or other equity or ownership
     or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, association, trust
     or other entity.

          (xvii)  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls
     sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are
     executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorization;
     (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
     financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
     principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to
     assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or
     specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is
     compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
     action is taken with respect to any differences.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

          (xviii)  Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company has
     not incurred any liability for any finder's or broker's fee or agent's
     commission in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
     or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (xix)  Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates is presently
     doing business with the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate
     located in Cuba.

          (xx)  The Company maintains insurance, which is in full force and
     effect, of the types and in the amounts adequate, in its reasonable
     opinion, for its business and in line with the insurance maintained by
     similar companies and businesses.

          (b)  Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees
with, you as follows:

          (i)  The Selling Stockholder is the sole record owner of, and on the
     First Closing Date and/or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, will
     be the sole record owner of, the Securities to be sold by the Selling
     Stockholder, free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens,
     restrictions on transferability, legends, proxies, equities or other
     encumbrances (other than pursuant to federal and state securities laws and
     other than such security interests described in the Prospectus); and upon
     delivery of and payment for such Securities hereunder, you will become the
     sole record owner of such Securities, free and clear of any security
     interests, claims, liens, restrictions on transferability, legends,
     proxies, equities or other encumbrances (including any security interests
     described in the Prospectus).  The Selling Stockholder is selling the
     Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder for the Selling
     Stockholder's own account and is not selling such Securities, directly or
     indirectly, for the benefit of the Company, and no part of the proceeds of
     such sale received by the Selling Stockholder will inure, either directly
     or indirectly, to the benefit of the Company other than as described in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus.

          (ii)  The Selling Stockholder has duly authorized, executed and
     delivered a Letter of Transmittal and Custody Agreement ("Custody
     Agreement"), which Custody Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of
     the Selling Stockholder, to American Securities Transfer, Inc., as
     Custodian (the "Custodian"); pursuant to the Custody Agreement the Selling
     Stockholder has placed in custody with the Custodian, for delivery under
     this Agreement, the certificates representing the Securities to be sold by
     the Selling Stockholder; such certificates represent validly issued,
     outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock; and such
     certificates were duly and properly endorsed in blank for transfer, or were
     accompanied by all documents duly and properly executed that are necessary
     to validate the transfer of title thereto, to you, free of any legend,
     restriction on transferability, proxy, lien or claim, whatsoever.

          (iii)  The Selling Stockholder has the power and authority to enter
     into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be
     sold by the Selling Stockholder; and (with respect to Franklin E. Crail)
     the Selling Stockholder has duly authorized, executed and delivered to
     Franklin E. Crail and Lawrence C. Rezentes, as attorneys-in-fact (the
     "Attorneys-in-Fact"), an irrevocable power of attorney (a "Power of
     Attorney") authorizing and directing the Attorneys-in-Fact, or either of
     them, to effect the sale and delivery of the Securities being sold by the
     Selling Stockholder, to enter into this Agreement and to take all such
     other action as may be necessary hereunder.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

          (iv)  This Agreement, the Custody Agreement and (if applicable) the
     Power of Attorney have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
     or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder and each constitutes a valid and
     binding agreement of the Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance
     with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder or thereunder may
     be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general
     principles of equity.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
     Custody Agreement and (if applicable) the Power of Attorney and the
     performance of the terms hereof and thereof and the consummation of the
     transactions herein and therein contemplated will not result in a breach or
     violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default
     under, any agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a
     party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound, or any law, regulation,
     order or decree applicable to the Selling Stockholder; no consent,
     approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or
     governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and (if applicable)
     the Power of Attorney or for the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated hereby and thereby, including the sale of the Securities being
     sold by the Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required under the
     Act or state securities laws or blue sky laws.

          (v)  The Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not
     distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the
     offering and sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus
     or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed
     by the Selling Stockholder.

          (vi)  To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the
     Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any
     amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity
     with written information provided by the Selling Stockholder to the Company
     for use in the preparation thereof, such Registration Statement, any
     Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
     thereto, as of the time the Registration Statement (or any post-effective
     amendment thereto) is or was declared effective by the Commission, upon the
     filing or first delivery to you of the Prospectus (or any supplement to the
     Prospectus) and at the First Closing Date and Second Closing Date, did not
     or will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
     a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statement therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made or
     are made, not misleading.

          (vii)  The Selling Stockholder has reviewed the Registration Statement
     and the Prospectus and to the best knowledge of the Selling Stockholder
     neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus contains any untrue
     statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required
     to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading regarding the Selling Stockholder, the Company or otherwise.

          (viii)  To the best knowledge of the Selling Stockholder, the
     representations and warranties of the Company contained in paragraph (a) of
     this Section 2 are true and correct.


          (c)  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and
delivered to you or to your counsel pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Company


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

to you as to the matters covered thereby; any certificate signed by or on behalf
of the Selling Stockholders as such and delivered to you or to your counsel
pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the
Selling Stockholders to you as to the matters covered thereby.

     3.   Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Securities.

          (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company agrees to issue and sell 300,000 Firm Shares, and the Selling
Stockholders agree to sell 600,000 Firm Shares to you, and you agree to purchase
from the Company and the Selling Stockholders such Firm Shares.  The purchase
price for each Firm Share shall be $___per share.  In making this Agreement, you
are contracting, except as provided in Section 8 hereof, to purchase only the
number of Firm Shares in this Section 3(a).

          The Firm Shares will be delivered by the Company and the Custodian to
you for your account against payment of the purchase price therefor by certified
or official bank check or other next day funds payable to the order of the
Company and the Custodian, as appropriate, at the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc.,
Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such
other location as may be mutually acceptable, at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on
the third full business day following the date hereof, or at such other time as
you and the Company determine, such time and date of delivery being herein
referred to as the "First Closing Date."  The Firm Shares, in definitive form
and in such denominations and registered in such names as you may request upon
at least two business days' prior notice to the Company and the Custodian, will
be made available for checking and packaging at the offices of Piper Jaffray
Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or
such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at least one business day
prior to the First Closing Date.

          (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company, with respect to 50,625 of the Option Shares, and certain of the Selling
Stockholders, with respect to the number of Option Shares set forth opposite the
name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule I hereto, hereby grant to you an
option to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase
price as the Firm Shares, for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by
you in the sale and distribution of the Firm Shares.  The option granted
hereunder may be exercised at any time (but not more than once) within 30 days
after the effective date of this Agreement upon notice (confirmed in writing) by
you to the Company and to the Attorneys-in-Fact setting forth the aggregate
number of Option Shares as to which you are exercising the option, the names and
denominations in which the certificates for the Option Shares are to be
registered and the date and time, as determined by you, when the Option Shares
are to be delivered, such time and date being herein referred to as the "Second
Closing" and "Second Closing Date", respectively; provided, however, that the
Second Closing Date shall not be earlier than the First Closing Date nor earlier
than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been
exercised.  If the option is exercised, your obligation shall be to purchase the
Option Shares from the Company and the Selling Stockholders granting an option
to purchase Option Shares in the amounts indicated in Schedule I hereto.  No
Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have
been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

          The Option Shares will be delivered by the Custodian and the Company,
as appropriate, to you for your account against payment of the purchase price
therefor by certified or official bank check or other next day funds payable to
the order of the Custodian or the Company, as appropriate, at the


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable at
9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on the Second Closing Date.  The Option Shares in
definitive form and in such denominations and registered in such names as you
have set forth in your notice of option exercise, will be made available for
checking and packaging at the office of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower,
222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be
mutually acceptable, at least one business day prior to the Second Closing Date.

          4.   COVENANTS.

          (a)  The Company covenants and agrees with you as follows:

          (i)  If the Registration Statement has not already been declared
     effective by the Commission, the Company will use its best efforts to cause
     the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto to
     become effective as promptly as possible; the Company will notify you
     promptly of the time when the Registration Statement or any post-effective
     amendment to the Registration Statement has become effective or any
     supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and of any request by the
     Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
     Prospectus or additional information; if the Company has elected to rely on
     Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will file a Prospectus
     containing the information omitted therefrom pursuant to such Rule 430A
     with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in
     accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and
     Regulations; the Company will prepare and file with the Commission,
     promptly upon your request, any amendments or supplements to the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the written opinion of your
     counsel, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution
     of the Securities by you; and the Company will not file any amendment or
     supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which you shall
     reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a
     copy a reasonable time prior to the filing, unless in the written opinion
     of Company counsel such amendment or supplement is required by law.

          (ii)  The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive
     notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of
     any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement,
     of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or
     sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any
     proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best
     efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
     withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

          (iii)  Within the time during which a prospectus relating to the
     Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will
     comply as far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it by the
     Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as
     from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance
     of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions
     hereof and the Prospectus.  If during such period any event occurs as a
     result of which the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not
     misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the
     Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act,
     the Company will promptly notify you and will amend the Registration
     Statement or supplement the


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

     Prospectus (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement
     or omission or effect such compliance.

          (iv)  The Company will cooperate with you and your counsel in
     qualifying the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such
     jurisdictions as you reasonably designate and to continue such
     qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the
     Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection
     therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general
     consent to service of process in any state.

          (v)  The Company will furnish to you copies of the Registration
     Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all exhibits),
     each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and all amendments and
     supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in
     such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.

          (vi)  During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof,
     the Company will furnish to you copies of all periodic and special reports
     furnished to the stockholders of the Company and all information, documents
     and reports filed with the Commission, the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., Nasdaq or any securities exchange.

          (vii)  The Company will make generally available to its security
     holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months
     after the end of the Company's current fiscal quarter, an earnings
     statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning
     after the effective date of the Registration Statement that shall satisfy
     the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and
     Regulations.

          (viii)  The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated
     hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is prevented from becoming
     effective under the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or is terminated,
     will pay or cause to be paid  (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes
     allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the
     delivery to you of the Securities, (B) all expenses and fees (including,
     without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company's accountants and
     counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not including fees of your
     counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery,
     and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial
     statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits thereto),
     the Securities, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any
     amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and the printing, delivery, and
     shipping of this Agreement and other underwriting documents, including Blue
     Sky Memoranda, (C) all filing fees and fees and disbursements of your
     counsel incurred in connection with the qualification of the Securities for
     offering and sale by you or by dealers under the securities or blue sky
     laws of the states and other jurisdictions which you shall designate in
     accordance with Section 4(d) hereof, up to a maximum of $5,000, (D) the
     fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar, (E) the filing fees
     incident to any required review by the National Association of Securities
     Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (F) listing fees,
     if any, and (G) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of
     its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for
     herein.  If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not
     consummated by reason of action by the Company pursuant to Section 9(a)
     hereof which prevents this Agreement from becoming effective, or by reason
     of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company or the
     Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement on its or their part to be
     performed, or because any other condition of your obligations hereunder
     required to be


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

     fulfilled by the Company or the Selling Stockholders is not fulfilled, the
     Company will reimburse you for all out-of-pocket disbursements (including
     fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by you in connection with their
     investigation, preparing to market and marketing the Securities or in
     contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder up to a maximum of
     $100,000.  The Company shall not in any event be liable to you for loss of
     anticipated profits from the transactions covered by this Agreement.

          (ix)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
     Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the
     Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to
     the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as
     may be required in accordance with Rule 463 of the Rules and Regulations.

          (x)  The Company will not, without your prior written consent, offer
     for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of or
     otherwise issue or dispose of any Common Stock or any securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or rights to purchase
     or acquire, Common Stock, except to you pursuant to this Agreement and
     except pursuant to employee stock option plans referred to in the
     Registration Statement for a period of 180 days after the commencement of
     the public offering of the Securities by you.

          (xi)  The Company either has caused to be delivered to you or will
     cause to be delivered to you prior to the effective date of the
     Registration Statement a letter from each of the Company's directors and
     officers stating that such person agrees that he or she will not, without
     your prior written consent, offer for sale, sell, contract to sell or
     otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase
     Common Stock, except to you pursuant to this Agreement, for a period of 180
     days after commencement of the public offering of the Securities by you.

          (xii)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
     indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to
     cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the
     sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Common
     Stock which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of
     Regulation S-K under the Act which have not been so disclosed in the
     Registration Statement.

          (xiii)  The Company will not incur any liability for any finder's or
     broker's fee or agent's commission in connection with the execution and
     delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated hereby.

          (xiv)  The Company will inform the Florida Department of Banking and
     Finance at any time prior to the consummation of the distribution of the
     Securities by the Underwriter[s] if it commences engaging in business with
     the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
     Such information will be provided within 90 days after the commencement
     thereof or after a change occurs with respect to previously reported
     information.

          (b)  Each Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with you as
               follows:

          (i)  Except as otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Selling
     Stockholder, the Selling Stockholder will pay all taxes, if any, on the
     transfer and sale, respectively, of the


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

     Securities being sold by the Selling Stockholder, the fees of the Selling
     Stockholder's counsel and the Selling Stockholder's proportionate share
     (based upon the number of Securities being offered by such Selling
     Stockholder pursuant to the Registration Statement) of all costs and
     expenses (except for legal and accounting expenses and fees of the
     registrar and transfer agent) incurred by the Company pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 4(a)(viii) of this Agreement; provided, however, that
     the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse the Company for any
     reimbursement made by the Company to you pursuant to Section 4(a)(viii)
     hereof to the extent such reimbursement resulted from the failure or
     refusal on the part of the Selling Stockholder to comply under the terms or
     fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement.

          (ii)  If this Agreement shall be terminated by you because of any
     failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Selling Stockholder to
     perform any agreement on the Selling Stockholder's part to be performed, or
     because any other condition of your obligations hereunder required to be
     fulfilled by the Selling Stockholder are not fulfilled, the Selling
     Stockholder agrees to reimburse you for all out-of-pocket disbursements
     (including fees and disbursements of your counsel) incurred by you in
     connection with your investigation, preparing to market and marketing the
     Securities or in contemplation of performing your obligations hereunder.
     The Selling Stockholder shall not in any event be liable to you for loss of
     anticipated profits from the transactions covered by this Agreement.

          (iii)  The Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder,
     represented by the certificates on deposit with the Custodian pursuant to
     the Custody Agreement of the Selling Stockholder, are subject to your
     interest; the arrangements made for such custody are, except as
     specifically provided in the Custody Agreement, irrevocable; and the
     obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated,
     except as provided in this Agreement or in the Custody Agreement, by any
     act of the Selling Stockholder, by operation of law, whether by the
     liquidation, dissolution or merger of the Selling Stockholder, by the death
     of any of the Selling Stockholder, or by the occurrence of any other event.
     If the Selling Stockholder should liquidate, dissolve or be a party to a
     merger or if any other such event should occur before the delivery of the
     Securities hereunder, certificates for the Securities deposited with the
     Custodian shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms
     and conditions of this Agreement as if such liquidation, dissolution,
     merger or other event had not occurred, whether or not the Custodian shall
     have received notice thereof.

          (iv)  The Selling Stockholder will not, without your prior written
     consent, offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the
     sale of or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or any securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or rights to purchase
     or acquire, Common Stock, except to you pursuant to this Agreement, for a
     period of 180 days after the commencement of the public offering of the
     Securities by you.

          (v)  The Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly
     or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected
     to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any
     security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities,
     and has not effected any sales of Common Stock which, if effected by the
     Company, would be required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of
     Regulation S-K.

          (vi)  The Selling Stockholder shall immediately notify you if any
     event occurs, or of any change in information relating to the Selling
     Stockholder or the Company or any new information



                                      -12-

<PAGE>

     relating to the Company or relating to any matter stated in the Prospectus
     or any supplement thereto, which results in the Prospectus (as
     supplemented) including an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting
     to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

     5.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITER'S OBLIGATIONS.  Your obligations hereunder
are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at each of the First
Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of
and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein, to the performance by the
Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder
and to the following additional conditions:

          (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
than 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the date of this Agreement, or such later
time and date as you shall approve and all filings required by Rule 424 and Rule
430A of the Rules and Regulations shall have been timely made; no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any amendment
thereof shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order
shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for
additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

          (b)  You shall not have advised the Company that the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
contains an untrue statement of fact which, in your opinion, is material, or
omits to state a fact which, in your opinion, is material and is required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

          (c)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have
incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or
entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or
made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there
shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the
number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon
the exercise of outstanding options or warrants), or any material change in the
short-term or long-term debt of the Company, or any issuance of options,
warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any material adverse change or any
development involving a prospective material adverse change (whether or not
arising in the ordinary course of business), in the general affairs, condition
(financial or otherwise), business, key personnel, property, prospects, net
worth or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or
deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
Prospectus.

          (d)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you the
opinion of Thompson & Knight, a Professional Corporation, counsel for the
Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, to the effect that:

          (i)  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
     incorporation.  The Company has full corporate power and authority to own
     its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and
     as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is duly
     qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing
     in each jurisdiction in which it



                                      -13-

<PAGE>

     owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes
     such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would
     have a material adverse effect upon the business, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole.

          (ii)  The capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to
     the description thereof contained in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Description of Capital Stock."  All of the issued and outstanding shares
     of the capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
     issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof are
     not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.  The
     Securities to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly
     authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
     terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully
     paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to
     personal liability by reason of being such holders.  Except as otherwise
     stated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no
     preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any
     restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock
     pursuant to the Company's charter, by-laws or any agreement or other
     instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by
     which the Company is bound.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge,
     neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale
     of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any
     rights for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or
     other securities of the Company, except those rights which have been
     complied with or waived.

          (iii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except as described in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no options, warrants,
     agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire
     from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company.

          (iv)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act
     and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
     proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the knowledge of
     such counsel, threatened by the Commission.

          (v)  The descriptions in the Registration Statement and Prospectus of
     statutes, legal and governmental proceedings, contracts and other documents
     are accurate and fairly present the information required to be shown; and
     such counsel does not know of any statutes or legal or governmental
     proceedings required to be described in the Prospectus that are not
     described as required, or of any contracts or documents of a character
     required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or
     included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described
     or included as required.

          (vi)  The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into
     this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid, legal and binding
     obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (except
     as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state
     securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights
     of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity); the
     execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation
     of the



                                      -14-

<PAGE>

     transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation
     of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
     statute, rule or regulation, any agreement or instrument known to such
     counsel to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which
     any of its property is subject, the Company's charter or by-laws, or any
     order or decree known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency
     or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its respective
     properties; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing
     with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the
     execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the
     issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except such as may be
     required under the Act or state securities laws.

          (vii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company holds, and
     is operating in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises,
     grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents,
     certificates and orders of any governmental or self-regulatory body
     required for the conduct of its business and all such franchises, grants,
     authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and
     orders are valid and in full force and effect.

          (viii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company is not in
     violation of its charter or by-laws.  To the best of such counsel's
     knowledge, the Company is not in breach of or otherwise in default in the
     performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition contained in
     any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other material
     contract, lease or other instrument to which it is subject or by which any
     of them may be bound, or to which any of the material property or assets of
     the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject.

          (ix)  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendment
     thereof or supplement thereto, comply as to form in all material respects
     with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (i) as to matters of
law other than Texas, Colorado and federal law, upon the opinion or opinions of
local counsel provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such
opinion and that such counsel shall state that such opinion or opinions of local
counsel are satisfactory to them and that they believe they and you are
justified in relying thereon, and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent such
counsel deems reasonable upon certificates of officers of the Company and its
subsidiaries provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such
opinion.  In rendering such opinion, as to matters of franchise law, such
counsel may also rely upon the opinion or opinions of franchise counsel for the
Company, or may provide for delivery of a separate opinion or opinions from
franchise counsel, in each case subject to the same conditions as described in
the preceding sentence.

          In addition to the opinions set forth above, such counsel shall state
that on the basis of conferences with officers of the Company, examination of
documents referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and such
other procedures as such counsel deemed appropriate, nothing has come to the
attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that the
Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, at the time the Registration
Statement became effective and as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or
that the Prospectus (as of its date and as of such Closing Date), as amended or
supplemented, includes any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the



                                      -15-

<PAGE>

circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; it being understood
that such counsel need express no view as to the financial statements, schedules
or other financial or statistical data included in any of the documents
mentioned in this paragraph.

          (e)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you the
opinion of Thompson & Knight, a Professional Corporation, counsel for the
Selling Stockholder, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, to the effect
that:

          (i)  Each of the Selling Stockholders is the sole record owner of, and
     on such Closing Date, will be the sole record owner of, the Securities to
     be sold by the Selling Stockholder, free and clear of all security
     interests, claims, liens, restrictions on transferability, legends,
     proxies, equities or other encumbrances (other than pursuant to federal and
     state securities laws and other than such security interests described in
     the Prospectus); and upon delivery of and payment for such Securities
     hereunder, you will become the sole record owner of such Securities, free
     and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, restrictions on
     transferability, legends, proxies, equities or other encumbrances
     (including any security interests described in the Prospectus).

          (ii)  Each of the Selling Stockholders has the power and authority to
     enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and (if applicable) the
     Power of Attorney and to perform and discharge the Selling Stockholder's
     obligations thereunder and hereunder; and this Agreement, the Custody
     Agreement and (if applicable) the Power of Attorney has been duly and
     validly authorized, executed and delivered by (or by the Attorneys-in-Fact,
     or either of them, on behalf of) the Selling Stockholder and are valid and
     binding agreements of the Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance
     with their respective terms (except as rights to indemnity hereunder or
     thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as
     such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
     subject to general principles of equity).

          (iii)  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Custody
     Agreement and (if applicable) the Power of Attorney and the performance of
     the terms hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions
     herein and therein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of
     any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
     statute, rule or regulation, or any agreement or instrument known to such
     counsel to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such
     Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of its property is subject,
     such Selling Stockholder's charter or by-laws, or any order or decree known
     to such counsel of any court or government agency or body having
     jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of his or its respective
     properties; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing
     with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the
     execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Custody
     Agreement and (if applicable) the Power of Attorney or for the consummation
     of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the sale of
     the Securities being sold by such Selling Stockholder, except such as may
     be required under the Act or state securities laws or blue sky laws.

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (i) as to matters of
law other than Texas, Colorado and federal law, upon the opinion or opinions of
local counsel provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such
opinion and that such counsel shall state that such opinion or opinions of local
counsel are satisfactory to them and that they believe they and you are
justified in relying


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

thereon, and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems
reasonable upon certificates of officers of the Selling Stockholders provided
that the extent of such reliance is specified in such opinion.

          (f)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you,
such opinion or opinions from Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly, your counsel, dated
such Closing Date and addressed to you, with respect to the formation of the
Company, the validity of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus and other related matters as you reasonably may request, and such
counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to
enable them to pass upon such matters.

          (g)  On each Closing Date you shall have received a letter of Grant
Thornton, LLP, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you and to the Company,
confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of
the Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the
qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the
Commission, and stating, as of the date of such letter (or, with respect to
matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which
specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not
more than five days prior to the date of such letter), the conclusions and
findings of said firm with respect to the financial information and other
matters covered by its letter delivered to you concurrently with the execution
of this Agreement, and the effect of the letter so to be delivered on such
Closing Date shall be to confirm the conclusions and findings set forth in such
prior letter.

          (h)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you a
certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, signed on behalf of
the Company by the chief executive officer and by the chief financial officer of
the Company, to the effect that:

          (i)  The representations and warranties of the Company in this
     Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and
     as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the
     agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or
     satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;

          (ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the
     Securities for offering or sale has been issued, and no proceeding for that
     purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is
     contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

          (iii)     The signers of said certificate have carefully examined the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments thereof or
     supplements thereto, and (A) such documents contain all statements and
     information required to be included therein, the Registration Statement, or
     any amendment thereof, does not contain any untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the
     Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, does not include any untrue
     statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
     make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
     were made, not misleading, (B) since the effective date of the Registration
     Statement there has occurred no event required to be set forth in an
     amended or supplemented prospectus which has not been so set forth, (C)
     subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of
     its subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations,
     direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, not in the
     ordinary course of business, or declared or paid any dividends or made any
     distribution of any kind with


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

     respect to its capital stock, and except as disclosed in the Prospectus,
     there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in
     the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of
     shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants), or any
     material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or any issuance of
     options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the
     capital stock, of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, or any material
     adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse
     change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), in the
     general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, key
     personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
     Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (D) except as stated in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there is not pending, or, to
     the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit
     or proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
     before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or any
     arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects or results of
     operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (i)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, a
certificate or certificates, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you,
signed by each of the Selling Stockholders or such Selling Stockholder's
Attorney-in-Fact to the effect that the representations and warranties of the
Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement are true and correct as if made
at and as of such Closing Date, and that the Selling Stockholder has complied
with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on the Selling
Stockholder's part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing
Date.

          (j)  The Company shall have furnished to you and counsel for the
Underwriter such additional documents, certificates and evidence as you or they
may have reasonably requested.

          All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be
in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory in form
and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters.  The Company will furnish
you with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other
documents as you shall reasonably request.

     6.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

          (a)  The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter against any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the
Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in
settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written
consent of the Company and/or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be),
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including
the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of
effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A, if applicable, any Preliminary Prospectus,
the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and will reimburse you for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that neither the Company
nor the Selling Stockholders shall be liable in any such case to the extent that
any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon
an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission


                                      -18-

<PAGE>

made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus,
or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by you specifically for use in the
preparation thereof; and further provided, however, that in no event shall any
such Selling Stockholder be liable under the provisions of this Section 6 for
any amount in excess of the aggregate amount of proceeds the Selling Stockholder
received from the sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement; and further
provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders will be
liable to the Underwriter or any person controlling the Underwriter with respect
to any such untrue statement or omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus that
is corrected in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) if the
person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased Securities
from the Underwriter but was not sent or given a copy of the Prospectus (as
amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of
such Securities to such person in any case where such delivery of the Prospectus
(as amended or supplemented) is required by the Act, unless such failure to
deliver the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) was a result of
noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(a)(v) of this Agreement.

          In addition to their other obligations under this Section 6(a), the
Company and the Selling Stockholders, jointly and severally, agree that, as an
interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry
or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or
any alleged statement or omission, described in this Section 6(a), they will
reimburse you on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal fees or other expenses
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action,
investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a
judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the Company's
and/or the Selling Stockholders' obligation to reimburse the Underwriters for
such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have
been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such
interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, you shall
promptly return it to the party or parties that made such payment, together with
interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the prime rate (or other
commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing) announced
from time to time by Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Prime Rate").  Any such
interim reimbursement payments which are not made to you within 30 days of a
request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of
such request.  This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities
which the Company or the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have.

          (b)  You will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling
Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the
Company and such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is
effected with your written consent), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case
to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any such amendment or
supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by you specifically for use in the preparation thereof,
and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in
connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action.


                                      -19-

<PAGE>

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
(a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof.  No indemnification under such subsection
(a) or (b), however, shall be available with respect to a proceeding to any
party who shall fail to give such notice if the party to whom notice was not
given was unaware of the proceeding to which the notice would have related and
was materially prejudiced by the failure to give such notice.  In case any such
action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be
entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with
any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof,
with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice
from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying
party's election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall
not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if
the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party or parties
and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party or parties shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses or claims available to it
or them that are different from or additional to those available to the
indemnifying party, or if there is a conflict of interest that would prevent
counsel for the indemnifying party or parties from also representing the
indemnified party or parties, and that it is advisable for the indemnified party
or parties to be represented by separate counsel, then the indemnified party or
parties shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent the
indemnified party or the indemnified parties as a group, in which event the
reasonable fees and expenses of the separate counsel shall be borne by the
indemnifying party or parties.  An indemnifying party shall not be obligated
under any settlement agreement relating to any action under this Section 6 to
which it has not agreed in writing.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above,
(i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and you on
the other from the offering of the Securities, or (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders on the one hand and you on the other in connection with the
statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The
relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the
one hand and you on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as
the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by
the Company and Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts
and commissions received by you, in each case as set forth in the table on the
cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or you
and the parties' relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The
Company, the Selling Stockholders and you agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be determined
by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of
this subsection (d).  The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this


                                      -20-

<PAGE>

subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending
against any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d).
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), the Underwriter shall not
be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public
were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under
this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the
Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms
and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning of
the Act; and your obligations under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any
liability that you may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
conditions, to each director of the Company (including any person who, with his
consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of
the Company), to each officer of the Company who has signed the Registration
Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling
Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY.  All
representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the Company, the
Selling Stockholders and you contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by
you or on your behalf or on behalf of any person controlling you, or the Company
or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, or the Selling
Stockholders or any controlling person thereof, and shall survive delivery of,
and payment for, the Securities to and by you hereunder.

     8.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

          (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m., Minneapolis
time, on the first full business day following the effective date of the
Registration Statement, or at such earlier time after the effective time of the
Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall first release the
Securities for sale to the public; provided, that if the Registration Statement
is effective at the time this Agreement is executed, this Agreement shall become
effective at such time as you in your discretion shall first release the
Securities for sale to the public.  For the purpose of this Section, the
Securities shall be deemed to have been released for sale to the public upon
release by you of the publication of a newspaper advertisement relating thereto
or upon release by you of telexes offering the Securities for sale to securities
dealers, whichever shall first occur.  By giving notice as hereinafter specified
before the time this Agreement becomes effective, you or the Company may prevent
this Agreement from becoming effective without liability of any party to any
other party, except that the provisions of Section 4(a)(viii), Section 4(b)(ii)
and Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (b)  You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving
notice as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the First Closing
Date, and the option referred to in Section 3(b), if exercised, may be cancelled
at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have
failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any
agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of
your obligations hereunder


                                      -21-

<PAGE>

is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American
Stock Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices
for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities
shall have been required, on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock
Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other
governmental authority having jurisdiction, (v) a banking moratorium shall have
been declared by Federal, New York, Minnesota or Colorado authorities, or
(vi) there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in
the United States or an outbreak of major hostilities (or an escalation thereof)
in which the United States is involved, a declaration of war by Congress, any
other substantial national or international calamity or any other event or
occurrence of a similar character shall have occurred since the execution of
this Agreement that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to
proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities.  Any
such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party
except that the provisions of Section 4(a)(viii), Section 4(b)(ii) and Section 6
hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (c)  If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or
to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company and the
Selling Stockholders or an Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of the Selling
Stockholders, shall be notified promptly by you by telephone or telegram,
confirmed by letter.  If the Company elects to prevent this Agreement from
becoming effective, you and the Selling Stockholders, or an Attorney-in-Fact on
behalf of the Selling Stockholders, shall be notified by the Company by
telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

     9.   DEFAULT BY THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR THE COMPANY.  If one or more of
the Selling Stockholders shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and
deliver the number of Securities which such Selling Stockholder is obligated to
sell hereunder, and the remaining Selling Stockholders do not exercise the right
hereby granted to increase, pro rata or otherwise, the number of Securities to
be sold by them hereunder to the total number of Securities to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule I hereto, then you may at your
option, by notice from you to the Company and the non-defaulting Selling
Stockholders, either (a) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the
part of any non-defaulting party, or (b) elect to purchase the Securities which
the Company and the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell
hereunder.

          In the event of a default by any Selling Stockholder as referred to in
this Section, either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the
First Closing Date for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any
required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other
documents or arrangements.

          If the Company shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and
deliver the number of Securities which it is obligated to sell hereunder, then
this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any
non-defaulting party.

          No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company or
any Selling Stockholder so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such
default.

     10.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY UNDERWRITER.  The statements set forth in the
last paragraph of the cover page and under the caption "Underwriting" in any
Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitute the written information
furnished by you or on your behalf referred to in Section 2 and Section 6
hereof.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

     11.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing or by telegraph and, if to you, shall be mailed,
telegraphed or delivered to Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South
Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402; if to the Company, shall be mailed,
telegraphed or delivered to it at Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc., 265
Turner Drive, Durango, CO 81301, Attention:  Larry C. Rezentes; if to the
Selling Stockholders, at the address of the Attorneys-in-Fact (if applicable) as
set forth in the Powers of Attorney, or in each case to such other address as
the person to be notified may have requested in writing.  All notices given by
telegram shall be promptly confirmed by letter.  Any party to this Agreement may
change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement
written notice of a new address for such purpose.

     12.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors
referred to in Section 6.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or
equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision
herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as herein used shall not
include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from you.

     13.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.



                                      -23-

<PAGE>

          Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the
Company, the Selling Stockholders and you in accordance with its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE
                                   FACTORY, INC.


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                       Franklin E. Crail, President


                                   SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                                   By
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Attorney-in-Fact


                                        CORONET INSURANCE COMPANY


                                                  By
                                                     --------------------------
                                                  Its
                                                      -------------------------

Confirmed as of the date first
above mentioned

PIPER JAFFRAY INC.


By
  -----------------------------
     Managing Director


                                      -24-

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

                                                     Maximum Number of
                                    Number of          Option Shares
Name                               Firm Shares       Subject to Option
----                               -----------       -----------------

Coronet Insurance Company. . . . .   500,000               84,375

Franklin E. Crail. . . . . . . . .   100,000                    0
                                     -------               ------

  Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   600,000               84,375
                                     -------               ------
                                     -------               ------



                                      -25-


<PAGE>

                            CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Principal         Loan Date      Maturity      Loan No.     Call     Collateral     Account     Officer     Initials
   <S>                 <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
     $1,000,000.00                     07-17-1996      2123-9      OOBI         125                      OGM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

References in the shaded area are for Lender's use only and do not limit the
applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BORROWER: ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE      LENDER:   THE BURNS NATIONAL BANK OF
          FACTORY, INC.                           DURANGO
          (TIN: 84-0910696)                       900 Main Avenue
          266 Turner Drive                        P.O. Box N
          Durango, CO  81301                      Durango, CO  81302

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:   $1,000,000.00              DATE OF AGREEMENT:  JULY 17, 1995

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.  Line of Credit dated October 17, 1991 in
the amount of $350,000.00 plus interest at PRIME plus 1.0% adjusted daily, due
in full at maturity, on or before 10/17/92.
 The maturity on this loan has been subsequently extended as follows:  October
17, 1992 to October 17, 1993; October 17, 1993 to October 17, 1994 and June 2,
1994 to July 17, 1995.

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL.  All accounts, inventory and general intangibles now
owned and hereafter acquired and all increases and proceeds thereof, including
insurance proceeds.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.  In addition to the other changes set forth
herein, maturity is extended to July 17, 1996; interest is changed to PRIME + 0%
as set forth more fully in the paragraph captioned "VARIABLE INTEREST RATE"
hereinbelow: and payments will be modified as set forth in the paragraph
captioned "PAYMENT" hereinbelow.

PROMISE TO PAY.  ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC. ("BORROWER") PROMISES TO
PAY TO THE BURNS NATIONAL BANK OF DURANGO ("LENDER"), OR ORDER, IN LAWFUL MONEY
OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ONE MILLION & 00/100
DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) OR SO MUCH AS MAY BE OUTSTANDING, TOGETHER WITH INTEREST
ON THE UNPAID OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF EACH ADVANCE.  INTEREST SHALL BE
CALCULATED FROM THE DATE OF EACH ADVANCE UNTIL REPAYMENT OF EACH ADVANCE.

PAYMENT.  BORROWER WILL PAY THIS LOAN ON DEMAND, OR IF NO DEMAND IS MADE, IN ONE
PAYMENT OF ALL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL PLUS ALL ACCRUED UNPAID INTEREST ON JULY
17, 1996.  IN ADDITION, BORROWER WILL PAY REGULAR MONTHLY PAYMENTS OF ACCRUED
UNPAID INTEREST BEGINNING AUGUST 17, 1995, AND ALL SUBSEQUENT INTEREST PAYMENTS
ARE DUE ON THE SAME DAY OF EACH MONTH AFTER THAT.  Interest on this Agreement is
computed on a 365/360 simple interest basis; that is, by applying the ratio of
the annual interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding
principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance
is outstanding.  Borrower will pay Lender at Lender's address shown above or at
such other place as Lender may designate in writing.  Unless otherwise agreed or
required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to accrued unpaid
interest, then to principal, and any remaining amount to any unpaid collection
costs and late charges.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE.  The interest rate on this Agreement is subject to
change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the
Prime rate as published by the Wall Street Journal (the "Index").  The index is
not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans.  If the index
becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a
substitute index after notice to Borrower.  Lender will tell Borrower the
current index rate upon Borrower's request.  Borrower understands that Lender
may make loans based on other rates as well.  The interest rate change will not
occur more often than each day.  THE INDEX CURRENTLY IS 8.750% PER ANNUM.  THE
INTEREST RATE TO BE APPLIED TO THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT
WILL BE AT A RATE EQUAL TO THE INDEX, RESULTING IN AN INITIAL RATE OF 8.750% PER
ANNUM.  NOTICE:  Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Agreement
be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE.  Borrower agrees that all loan fees and
other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and
will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a
result of default), except as otherwise required by law.  In any event, even
upon full prepayment of this Agreement, Borrower understands that Lender is
entitled to a MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE OF $25.00.  Other than Borrower's
obligation to pay any minimum interest charge, Borrower may pay without penalty
all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due.  Early payments will
not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower's
obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest.  Rather,
they will reduce the principal balance due.

DEFAULT.  Borrower will be in default if any of the following happens:  (a)
Borrower fails to make any payment when due.  (b) Borrower breaks any promise
Borrower has made to Lender, or Borrower fails to comply with or to perform when
due any other term, obligation, covenant, or condition contained in this
Agreement or any agreement related to this Agreement, or in any other agreement
or loan Borrower has with Lender.  (c) Any representation or statement made or
furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower's behalf is false or misleading
in any material respect either now or at the time made or furnished.  (d)
Borrower becomes insolvent, a receiver is appointed for any part of Borrower's
property, Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any
proceeding is commenced either by Borrower or against Borrower under any
bankruptcy or insolvency laws.  (e) Any creditor tries to take any of Borrower's
property on or in which Lender has a lien or security interest.  This includes a
garnishment of any of Borrower's accounts with Lender.  (f) Any of the events
described in this default section occurs with respect to any guarantor of this
Agreement.  (g) A material adverse change occurs in Borrower's financial
condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the
indebtedness is impaired.  (h) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure.

LENDER'S RIGHTS.  Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal
balance on this Agreement and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due,
without notice, and then Borrower will pay that amount.  Upon default, including
failure to pay upon final maturity, Lender, at its option, may also, if
permitted under applicable law, increase the variable interest rate on this
Agreement to 24.000% per annum.  The interest rate will not exceed the maximum
rate permitted by applicable law.  Lender may hire or pay someone else to help
collect this Agreement if Borrower does not pay.  Borrower also will pay Lender
that amount.  This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law,
Lender's attorneys' fees and Lender's legal expenses whether or not there is a
lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings
(including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction),
appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services.  If not
prohibited by applicable law, Borrower also will pay any court costs, in
addition to all other sums provided by law.  THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED
TO LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY LENDER IN THE STATE OF COLORADO.  IF THERE IS A
LAWSUIT, BORROWER AGREES UPON LENDER'S REQUEST TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF
THE COURTS OF LA PLATA COUNTY, THE STATE OF COLORADO.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO.

DISHONORED ITEM FEE.  Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $18.00 if Borrower
makes a payment on Borrower's loan and the check or preauthorized charge with
which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

RIGHT OF SETOFF.  Borrower grants to Lender a contractual possessory security
interest in, and hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges, and transfers to
Lender all Borrower's right, title and interest in and to, Borrower's accounts
with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account), including
without limitation all accounts held jointly with someone else and all accounts
Borrower may open in the future, excluding however all IRA, Keogh, and trust
accounts.  Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on this Agreement against any and all
such accounts.

LINE OF CREDIT.  This Agreement evidences a revolving line of credit.  Advances
under this Agreement may be requested either orally or in writing by Borrower or
by an authorized person.  Lender may, but need not, require that all oral
requests be confirmed in writing.  All communications, instructions, or
directions by telephone or otherwise to Lender are to be directed to Lender's
office shown above.  The following party or parties are authorized to request
advances under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower at
Lender's address shown above written notice of revocation of their authority:
FRANKLIN E. CRAIL, PRESIDENT; AND LARRY REZENTES, VICE PRESIDENT.  Borrower
agrees to be liable for all sums either: (a) advanced in accordance with the
instructions of an authorized person or (b) credited to any of Borrower's
accounts with Lender.  The unpaid principal balance owing on this Agreement at
any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Agreement or by Lender's
internal records, including daily computer print-outs.  Lender will have no
obligation to advance funds under this Agreement if: (a) Borrower or any
guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any agreement that
Borrower or any guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in
connection with the signing of this Agreement: (b) Borrower or any guarantor
ceases doing business or is insolvent; (c) any guarantor seeks, claims or
otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor's guarantee of this
Agreement or any other loan with Lender; (d) Borrower has applied funds provided
pursuant to this Agreement for purposes other than those authorized by Lender;
or (e) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure under this Agreement or any
other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

CONTINUING VALIDITY.  Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms
of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced
or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender's right to strict
performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any
future change in terms.  Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a
satisfaction of the obligation(s).  It is the intention of Lender to retain as
liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including
accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in
writing.  Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be
released by virtue of this Agreement.  If any person who signed the original
obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below
acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the
representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and
provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it.  This
waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but
also to all such subsequent actions.

<PAGE>

07-17-1995                  CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT                     PAGE 2
LOAN NO 2123-9                     (CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISI0NS.  This Agreement is payable on demand.  The inclusion
of specific default provisions or rights of Lender shall not preclude Lender's
right to declare payment of this Agreement on its demand.  Lender may delay or
forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement without
losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guaranties or endorses
this Agreement, to the extent allowed by law, waive presentment, demand for
payment, protest and notice of dishonor.  Upon any change in the terms of this
Agreement, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs
this Agreement, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser,
shall be released from liability.  All such parties agree that Lender may renew
or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan, or release any
party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect
Lender's security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed
necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone.  All such
parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or
notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS
OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS.  BORROWER
AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED
COPY OF THE AGREEMENT.

BORROWER:

ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

By:   /s/ Franklin E. Crail
     ----------------------------------------
     FRANKLIN E. CRAIL, PRESIDENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                         AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE INSURANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PRINCIPAL         LOAN DATE      MATURITY      LOAN NO.     CALL     COLLATERAL     ACCOUNT     OFFICER     INITIALS
   <S>                 <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
   $1,000,000.00                     07-17-1996      2123-9      OOBI         125                      OGM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
References in the shaded area are for Lender's use only and do not limit the
applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BORROWER: ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE      LENDER:   THE BURNS NATIONAL BANK OF
          FACTORY, INC.                           DURANGO
          (TIN: 84-0910696)                       900 MAIN AVENUE
          266 TURNER DRIVE                        P.O. BOX N
          DURANGO, CO  81301                      DURANGO, CO  81302

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.  ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC. ("Grantor")
understands that insurance coverage is required in connection with the extending
of a loan or the providing of other financial accommodations to Grantor by
Lender.  These requirements are set forth in the security documents.  The
following minimum insurance coverages must be provided on the following
described collateral (the "Collateral"):

COLLATERAL:    ALL INVENTORY.
               TYPE. All risks, including fire, theft and liability.
               AMOUNT. Full insurable value.
               BASIS. Replacement value.
               ENDORSEMENTS. Lender's loss payable clause with stipulation that
               coverage will not be cancelled or diminished without a minimum of
               ten (10) days' prior written notice to Lender.

INSURANCE COMPANY.  Grantor may obtain insurance from any insurance company
Grantor may choose that is reasonably acceptable to Lender.  Grantor understands
that credit may not be denied solely because insurance was not purchased through
Lender.

FAILURE TO PROVIDE INSURANCE.  Grantor agrees to deliver to Lender, ten (10)
days from the date of this Agreement, evidence of the required insurance as
provided above, with an effective date of July 17, 1995, or earlier.  Grantor
acknowledges and agrees that if Grantor fails to provide any required insurance
or fails to continue such insurance in force, Lender may do so at Grantor's
expense as provided in the applicable security document.  The cost of any such
insurance, at the option of Lender, shall be payable on demand or shall be added
to the indebtedness as provided in the security document.  GRANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES
THAT IF LENDER SO PURCHASES ANY SUCH INSURANCE, THE INSURANCE WILL PROVIDE
LIMITED PROTECTION AGAINST PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE COLLATERAL, UP TO THE BALANCE
OF THE LOAN; HOWEVER, GRANTOR'S EQUITY IN THE COLLATERAL MAY NOT BE INSURED.  IN
ADDITION, THE INSURANCE MAY NOT PROVIDE ANY PUBLIC LIABILITY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE
INDEMNIFICATION AND MAY NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY FINANCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY LAWS.

AUTHORIZATION.  For purposes of insurance coverage on the Collateral, Grantor
authorizes Lender to provide to any person (including any insurance agent or
company) all information Lender deems appropriate, whether regarding the
Collateral, the loan or other financial accommodations, or both.

GRANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE
INSURANCE AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS.  THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED JULY 17, 1995.

GRANTOR:

ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

By:
     ------------------------------------
     FRANKLIN E. CRAIL, PRESIDENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               FOR LENDER USE ONLY
                             INSURANCE VERIFICATION

DATE: ____________________                                PHONE: _______________

AGENT'S NAME: JOHNSON & HIGGINS

ADDRESS: 750 17TH ST., DENVER, CO 80202

INSURANCE COMPANY: HARTFORD CASUALTY INS. CO.

POLICY NUMBER:_____________________________________________________________

EFFECTIVE DATES: __________________________________________________________

COMMENTS: _________________________________________________________________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                     DISBURSEMENT REQUEST AND AUTHORIZATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PRINCIPAL         LOAN DATE      MATURITY      LOAN NO.     CALL     COLLATERAL     ACCOUNT     OFFICER     INITIALS
   <S>                 <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
   $1,000,000.00                     07-17-1996      2123-9      OOBI         125                      OGM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
References in the shaded area are for Lender's use only and do not limit the
applicability of this document to any particular loan or lien.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BORROWER: ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE      LENDER:   THE BURNS NATIONAL BANK OF
          FACTORY, INC.                           DURANGO
          (TIN: 84-0910696)                       900 MAIN AVENUE
          285 TURNER DRIVE                        P.O. BOX N
          DURANGO, CO  81301                      DURANGO, CO  81302

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LOAN TYPE.  This is a Variable Rate (at Prime rate as published by the Wall
Street Journal, making an initial rate of 8.750%), Revolving Line of Credit Loan
to a Corporation for $1,000,000.00 due on July 17, 1996.

PRIMARY PURPOSE OF LOAN.  The primary purpose of this loan is for (please
initial):

          / / __________ PERSONAL, FAMILY, OR HOUSEHOLD PURPOSES OR PERSONAL
                         INVESTMENT.

          /X/ __________ BUSINESS (INCLUDING REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT).

SPECIFIC PURPOSE.  The specific purpose of this loan is: Operating Line of
Credit.

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS.  Borrower understands that no loan proceeds will be
disbursed until all of Lender's conditions for making the loan have been
satisfied.  Please disburse the loan proceeds of $1,000,000.00 as follows:

                    UNDISBURSED FUNDS:                      $1,000,000.00
                                                          -----------------

                    NOTE PRINCIPAL:                         $1,000,000.00

CHARGES PAID IN CASH.  Borrower has paid or will pay in cash as agreed the
following charges:

                    PREPAID FINANCE CHARGES PAID IN CASH:       $5,000.00
                         $5,000.00 Loan Fees
                                                          -----------------

                    TOTAL CHARGES PAID IN CASH:                 $5,000.00

FINANCIAL CONDITION.  BY SIGNING THIS AUTHORIZATION, BORROWER REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS TO LENDER THAT THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ABOVE IS TRUE AND CORRECT AND
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE IN BORROWER'S FINANCIAL CONDITION
AS DISCLOSED IN BORROWER'S MOST RECENT FINANCIAL STATEMENT TO LENDER.  THIS
AUTHORIZATION IS DATED JULY 17, 1995.

BORROWER:

ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

By:  ________________________________________
     FRANKLIN E. CRAIL, PRESIDENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>

                                                                     Page 1 of 2

                        THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT


The LOAN AGREEMENT dated October 17, 1991 by and between ROCKY MOUNTAIN
CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC. ("Borrower") and THE BURNS NATIONAL BANK OF DURANGO
("Bank") is hereby amended by the Parties through addition or substitution as
follows:

TO BE DELETED:

     1.21 b.   "Eligible Inventory"  This paragraph is to be deleted in its
               entirety.

     1.21 d.   THE END OF PARAGRAPH 1.21 d. AS FOLLOWS:  the Borrower will
               deliver to the Bank monthly, a summary of the inventory of the
               Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank,
               verifying the inventory balance used to determine the Eligible
               Inventory.

TO BE ADDED:

     1.21      a. 8)     Within 120 days of the execution of this Amendment, the
               Borrower agrees to set up one or more "Lock Box" collection
               account(s), through the Bank, for the purpose of the collection
               of its Accounts Receivable.  This requirement will remain in
               effect only during the period of time that the Bank has
               subordinated its interest in the Borrower's inventory to the
               First National Bank of Farmington (FNBF).  This subordination is
               for FNBF's $1,500,000.00 loan dated April 12, 1995, such
               subordination evidenced by the attached Exhibit A (Intercreditor
               And Subordination Agreement).

TO BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:

     1.21 c.   "Borrowing Base Computation"  Under the Revolving Note, Borrower
               may borrow, payback and borrow again at any time the lesser of
               $1,000,000.00, or the aggregate of 75% of Eligible Accounts ( the
               "Borrowing Base").  If at any time the outstanding principal
               balance of the Revolving Note exceeds the Borrowing Base, the
               Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank such amounts as are
               necessary to reduce the outstanding principal balance under the
               Revolving Note to be in conformity with the Borrowing Base.

This Amendment is to replace or delete specific wording or to add new wording
where indicated in order to modify or add (to) the individual paragraphs as
indicated as of the date signed below.  All other terms and conditions of the
original Loan Agreement are to

<PAGE>

                                                                     Page 2 of 2


remain in effect as originally agreed or as previously amended.

This Third Amendment To Loan Agreement is hereby ratified and approved the 12th
day of April, 1995 by the Bank and the Borrower.

Burns National Bank of Durango


By:  /s/ Oren G. Moore III
-----------------------------------
Oren G. Moore III, Vice President


Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.


By:  /s/ Franklin E. Crail
-----------------------------------
Franklin E. Crail, President


<PAGE>


                                 August 25, 1995


Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
265 Turner Drive
Durango, Colorado 80301

Dear Sirs:

     We have acted as counsel for Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc., a
Colorado corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement"),
filed today with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), relating to the
proposed offering of up to 1,035,000 shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, par
value $.03 per share, of the Company, of which 350,625 Shares (including 50,625
Shares subject to an over-allotment option) are being offered by the Company,
and 684,375 Shares (including 84,375 Shares subject to an over-allotment option)
are being offered by stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders").
The Shares are proposed to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders
to Piper Jaffray Inc. (the "Underwriter") pursuant to and subject to the terms
and conditions of a Purchase Agreement among the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the Underwriter (the "Purchase Agreement"), a form of which is
filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement.

     In connection with the foregoing, we have examined the originals or copies,
certified or otherwise authenticated to our satisfaction, of the Registration
Statement, the form of the Purchase Agreement and such corporate records of the
Company, certificates of public officials and of officers of the Company, and
other agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed necessary to
require as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed.  Where facts material
to the opinions hereinafter expressed were not independently established by us,
we have relied upon the statements of officers of the Company, where we deemed
such reliance appropriate under the circumstances.

     Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the
assumptions and qualifications hereinafter specified, it is our opinion that the
Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company, the Shares to be
sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to the Purchase Agreement are validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the Shares to be sold by the Company
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, when issued and delivered against payment
therefor as described in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration
Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


<PAGE>

Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
August 25, 1995
Page 2

     The opinions expressed above are limited by and subject to the following
qualifications:

     (a)  We are members of the Bar of the State of Texas only and do not
purport to be experts on the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the
State of Texas and the United States.  Insofar as the opinions expressed herein
relate to matters governed by the law of any other jurisdiction, we have relied
solely upon a reading of the applicable statutes and the corporate records of
the Company and certificates of public officials and officers of the Company
referenced above with respect to the opinions given herein.

     (b)  In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have assumed that no
action heretofore taken by the Board of Directors of the Company in connection
with the matters described or referred to herein will be modified, rescinded or
withdrawn after the date hereof.  We have also assumed the due authorization,
execution and delivery of the Purchase Agreement by the respective parties
thereto in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the
caption "Legal Matters" in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration
Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within
the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission thereunder.

                              Respectfully submitted,

                              THOMPSON & KNIGHT,
                              A Professional Corporation


                              By: /s/ Kenn W. Webb
                                  _________________________________________

                                  Kenn W. Webb, Attorney




<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7


                                                          [FORM REVISED 8/24/95]



                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                              NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTOR
                       NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the ____ day of ____________, 19__, by and
between ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC., a Colorado corporation (the
"Company"), and _____________________ ("Director"),

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -

     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the 1990 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
for Nonemployee Directors of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc., as amended
on August     , 1995 (the "Plan"), covering 90,000 shares of common stock of the
Company and providing for the grant of nonqualified options to each of the
directors of the Company who is not also either an employee or an officer of the
Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (herein called the "Board of
Directors") has determined that it is appropriate to enter into this Agreement
to evidence the option automatically granted under the Plan as of this date to
Director, who has been elected on this date to serve as a director of the
Company but who is neither an employee nor an officer of the Company or any of
its affiliates; and

     WHEREAS, Director has not elected to decline to participate in the Plan;

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

     1.   GRANT OF OPTION, OPTION PERIOD AND TERMS OF EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The
Company hereby grants to Director the option to purchase, as hereinafter set
forth, 10,000 shares of common stock of the Company at the price of $_______ per
share, at any time or (with respect to partial exercises) from time to time
during a period commencing on the first anniversary of the date of this
Agreement and terminating on the first to occur of (i) the date immediately
preceding the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement and (ii) the date
on which Director's service as a director of the Company terminates for any
reason; provided that if said directorship terminates on or after the first
anniversary and before the tenth anniversary of the date hereof other than by
reason of death, then Director may exercise this option, to the extent Director
was able to do so at the date of termination of the directorship, at any time
within three months after such



<PAGE>

termination but not after the expiration of the ten-year term hereof; and
provided further that if said directorship terminates on or after the first
anniversary and before the tenth anniversary of the date hereof by reason of
Director's death, then the executor or administrator of the estate of Director
or any person who has acquired this option directly from Director by bequest or
inheritance may exercise this option, to the extent Director was entitled to
exercise it on the date of Director's death, at any time within one year after
such death, but not after the expiration of the ten-year term hereof.  This
option is, and is intended to be, a nonqualified stock option, and it is not
intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

     2.   AGREEMENT OF DIRECTOR REGARDING DIRECTORSHIP.  Director hereby agrees
to continue to serve the Company as a director for a period of at least one year
from the date hereof at the retainer rate and fee schedule, if any, in effect as
of the date hereof or at such changed rate or schedule as the Company from time
to time may establish.

     3.   REQUIREMENT OF DIRECTORSHIP.  Except as provided in Section 1 hereof,
the option granted hereby may not be exercised unless Director is at the time of
exercise serving as a director of the Company.

     4.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.  This option may be exercised by written notice
signed by Director and delivered to the President of the Company or sent by
United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the
Company (to the attention of its President) at its corporate office in Durango,
Colorado.  Such notice shall state the number of shares as to which the option
is exercised and shall be accompanied by the full amount of the purchase price
of such shares.  Any such notice shall be deemed given on the date on which the
same was deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of
United States mail, addressed and sent as above-stated.  Promptly after demand
by the Company, Director shall pay to the Company an amount equal to applicable
withholding taxes, if any, due in connection with the exercise of this option.

     5.   DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES UPON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Delivery of a
certificate or certificates representing the purchased shares of common stock of
the Company shall be made promptly after receipt of notice of exercise and
payment of the purchase price and the amount of any withholding taxes to the
Company, if required, provided that the Company shall have such time as it
reasonably deems necessary to qualify or register such shares under any law or
governmental rule or regulation that it deems desirable or necessary.

     6.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK.  In the event that before
delivery by the Company of all the shares in respect

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

of which this option is granted, the Company shall have effected a common stock
split or dividend payable in common stock, or the outstanding common stock of
the Company shall have been combined into a smaller number of shares, the shares
still subject to the option shall be increased or decreased to reflect
proportionately the increase or decrease in the number of shares outstanding,
and the purchase price per share shall be decreased or increased so that the
aggregate purchase price for all the then optioned shares shall remain the same
as immediately prior to such split, dividend or combination.  In the event of a
reclassification of common stock not covered by the foregoing, or in the event
of a liquidation or reorganization, including a merger, consolidation or sale of
assets, it is agreed that the Board of Directors of the Company shall make such
adjustments, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number, purchase price
and kind of shares still subject to this option.

     7.   TRANSFERABILITY.  The option evidenced hereby is not transferable
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, during
the lifetime of Director, is exercisable only by Director.

     8.   TERMINATION OF DIRECTORSHIP ON ACCOUNT OF CERTAIN ACTS.  Anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of the termination of
Director's service as a director of the Company on account of (a) fraud or
intentional misrepresentation, or (b) embezzlement, misappropriation or
conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company or any direct or indirect
majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, this option shall automatically
terminate and be null and void as of the date of such termination.

     9.   CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement shall be governed by, subject to and
construed in accordance with all the provisions of the Plan.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                   ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.



                                   By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Franklin E. Crail, President



                                   --------------------------------------------
                                   Director


                                       -3-


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8


                       1990 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
                            FOR NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
                                       OF
                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                         As amended on August 24, 1995


                                    RECITALS

     A.   Effective as of March 20, 1990 (the "Effective Date"), the Board of
Directors of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the
"Company"), hereby adopts this 1990 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for
Nonemployee Directors (the "Plan").

     B.   The purposes of the Plan are to provide to each of the directors of
the Company who is not also either an employee or an officer of the Company
added incentive to continue in the service of the Company and a more direct
interest in the future success of the operations of the Company by granting to
such directors options (the "Options", or individually, an "Option") to purchase
shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.03 per share (the "Common
Stock"), subject to the terms and conditions described below.


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     GENERAL

     1.01 DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Plan and as used herein,
"nonemployee director" shall mean an individual who (a) is now, or hereafter
becomes, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) is neither an
employee nor an officer of the Company and (c) has not elected to decline to
participate in the Plan pursuant to the next succeeding sentence.  A director
otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan may make an irrevocable, one-time
election, by written notice to the Company dated as of the date of his initial
election to the Board of Directors or, in the case of the directors in office on
the Effective Date, prior to shareholder approval of the Plan, to decline to
participate in the Plan.  For purposes of this Plan, "employee" shall mean an
individual whose wages are subject to the withholding of federal income tax
under Section 3401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time (the "Code"), and "officer" shall mean an individual elected or appointed
by the Board of Directors or chosen in such other manner as may be prescribed in
the By-laws of the Company to serve as such, except that for purposes of this
Plan, the Chairman of the Board shall not be deemed to be an officer of the
Company solely by virtue of his election to and service in that position.



<PAGE>

     For purposes of this Plan, and as used herein, the "fair market value" of a
share of Common Stock is the closing sales price on the date in question (or, if
there was no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding day on which any
reported sale occurred) of the Common Stock on the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.

     1.02 OPTIONS.  The Options granted hereunder shall be options that are not
qualified under Section 422 of the Code.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                 ADMINISTRATION

     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors.  The Board of
Directors shall have no authority, discretion or power to select the
participants who will receive Options, to set the number of shares to be covered
by any Option, or to set the exercise price or the period within which the
Options may be exercised, or to alter any other terms or conditions specified
herein, except in the sense of administering the Plan subject to the express
provisions of the Plan and except in accordance with Sections 3.02(a) and
Section 5.02 hereof.  Subject to the foregoing limitations, the Board of
Directors shall have authority and power to adopt such rules and regulations and
to take such action as it shall consider necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan, and to construe, interpret and administer the Plan.
The decisions of the Board of Directors relating to the Plan shall be final and
binding upon the Company, the Holders (as hereinafter defined) and all other
persons.  No member of the Board of Directors shall incur any liability by
reason of any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the
Plan or any stock option agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                     OPTIONS

     3.01 PARTICIPATION.  Each nonemployee director of the Company who does not
elect to decline to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 1.01 hereof
shall be granted Options to purchase Common Stock under the Plan on the terms
and conditions herein described.

     3.02 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall be
evidenced by a written stock option agreement, which agreement shall be entered
into by the Company and the nonemployee director to whom the Option is granted
(the "Holder"), and which agreement shall include, incorporate or conform to the
following terms and conditions, and such other terms and conditions not
inconsistent therewith or with the terms

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

and conditions of this Plan as the Board of Directors considers appropriate in
each case:

          (a)  OPTION GRANT DATES.  Options shall be granted initially as of the
     Effective Date to each nonemployee director who was serving the Company as
     a director on July 18, 1989, the date on which the Compensation Committee
     of the Board of Directors approved and recommended the adoption of the Plan
     and the grant of Options to the nonemployee directors then in office (the
     "Establishment Date"), and who is continuing to serve the Company as a
     director on the Effective Date.  Thereafter, during the term of the Plan,
     an Option shall be granted automatically to each new nonemployee director
     as of the date on which such director is first elected or appointed to
     serve as a director of the Company.  No person shall be eligible to be
     granted more than one Option under the Plan.  The date of grant of an
     Option pursuant to the Plan shall be referred to hereinafter as the "Grant
     Date" of such Option.

          (b)  NUMBER OF SHARES.  Each Option shall entitle the Holder to
     purchase, in accordance with the terms of such Option and the Plan, 10,000
     shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section
     4.02 hereof.  If, on the Grant Date of any Option, fewer shares of Common
     Stock remain available for grant than are necessary to permit the grant of
     an Option covering 10,000 shares of Common Stock to each person entitled to
     receive an Option on such date, then each Option granted on such date shall
     cover an equal number of whole shares of Common Stock and all Options
     granted on such date shall cover, in the aggregate, all shares then
     available for grant under the Plan (or such smaller number as may be
     necessary to permit each such Option to cover an equal number of whole
     shares of Common Stock).

          (c)  PRICE.  The price at which each share of Common Stock covered by
     an Option granted as of the Effective Date may be purchased pursuant to the
     Plan shall be $3.125, which is equal to the fair market value of a share of
     Common Stock on the Establishment Date.  The price at which each share of
     Common Stock covered by an Option granted on any Grant Date subsequent to
     the Effective Date may be purchased pursuant to the Plan shall be the fair
     market value of a share of Common Stock on such Grant Date.

          (d)  OPTION PERIOD.  Subject to Section 3.02(i) below, the period
     within which each Option may be exercised shall commence on the first
     anniversary of the Grant Date and shall expire on the date immediately
     preceding the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date of such Option (the
     "Option Period"), unless terminated sooner pursuant to Section 3.02(e)
     below.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

          (e)  TERMINATION OF SERVICE, DEATH, ETC.  Each stock option agreement
     shall provide as follows with respect to the exercise of the Option granted
     thereby in the event that the Holder ceases to be a nonemployee director
     for the reasons described in this Section 3.02(e):

               (i)  If the directorship of the Holder is terminated within the
          Option Period on account of (a) fraud or intentional
          misrepresentation, or (b) embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion
          of assets or opportunities of the Company or any direct or indirect
          majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, the Option shall
          automatically terminate as of the date of such termination;

               (ii)  If the Holder shall die during the Option Period while such
          Holder is a director of the Company (or during the additional three-
          month period provided by paragraph (iii) of this Section 3.02(e)), the
          Option may be exercised, to the extent that the Holder was entitled to
          exercise it at the date of the Holder's death, within one year after
          such death (if within the Option Period), but not thereafter, by the
          executor or administrator of the estate of the Holder, or by the
          person or persons who shall have acquired the Option directly from the
          Holder by bequest or inheritance; or

               (iii)  If the directorship of the Holder is terminated for any
          reason (other than the circumstances specified in paragraphs (i) and
          (ii) of this Section 3.02(e)) within the Option Period, the Option may
          be exercised, to the extent the Holder was entitled to do so at the
          date of termination of the directorship, within three months after
          such termination (if within the Option Period), but not thereafter.

          (f)  TRANSFERABILITY.  An Option granted under the Plan shall not be
     transferable by the Holder, otherwise than by will or by the laws of
     descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the Holder the Option
     shall be exercisable only by the Holder.

          (g)  AGREEMENT TO CONTINUE IN SERVICE.  Each Holder shall agree to
     remain in the service of the Company, at the pleasure of the Company's
     shareholders, for a continuous period of at least one year after the date
     of the grant to such Holder of any Option, at the retainer rate and fee
     schedule, if any, then in effect or at such changed rate or schedule as the
     Company from time to time may establish.

          (h)  EXERCISE, PAYMENTS, ETC.  Each stock option agreement shall
     provide that the Option granted thereby may be exercised, in whole or in
     part, by the Holder at any time or (with respect to partial exercises) from
     time to time during the Option Period, subject to the provisions of the

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

     stock option agreement and the Plan, and that the method for exercising the
     Option shall be by the delivery to the President of the Company of, or by
     the sending by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
     addressed to the Company (to the attention of its President) of, written
     notice signed by the Holder specifying the number of shares of Common Stock
     with respect to which such Option is being exercised.  Such notice shall be
     accompanied by the full amount of the purchase price of such shares.  Any
     such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date on which the
     same was deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of
     United States mail, addressed and sent as above-stated.  In addition to the
     foregoing, promptly after demand by the Company, the exercising Holder
     shall pay to the Company an amount equal to applicable withholding taxes,
     if any, due in connection with such exercise.

          (i)  SERVICE REQUIRED FOR EXERCISE.  No Option shall become
     exercisable until the Holder has continuously served the Company as a
     nonemployee director for a period of at least one year following the Grant
     Date of such Option.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                             AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK

     4.01 COMMON STOCK.  The total number of shares of Common Stock as to which
Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan shall be 90,000, in the aggregate,
except as such number of shares shall be adjusted from and after the Effective
Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 hereof.  If any
outstanding Option under the Plan shall expire or be terminated for any reason,
the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option
shall again be subject to grant under the Plan.  The Company shall, at all times
during the life of any outstanding Options, retain as authorized and unissued
Common Stock at least the number of shares from time to time covered by the
outstanding Options.

     4.02 ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK.  In the event the Company
shall effect a split of the Common Stock or a dividend payable in Common Stock,
or in the event the outstanding Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller
number of shares, the maximum number of shares as to which Options may be
granted under the Plan shall be increased or decreased proportionately.  In the
event that before delivery by the Company of all of the shares of Common Stock
in respect of which any Option has been granted under the Plan, the Company
shall have effected such a split, dividend or combination, the shares still
subject to the Option shall be increased or decreased proportionately and the
purchase price per share shall be increased or decreased proportionately so that
the aggregate purchase price for all the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

then optioned shares shall remain the same as immediately prior to such split,
dividend or combination.

     In the event of a reclassification of the Common Stock not covered by the
foregoing, or in the event of a liquidation or reorganization, including a
merger, consolidation or sale of assets, the Board of Directors of the Company
shall make such adjustments, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number,
purchase price and kind of shares covered by the unexercised portions of Options
theretofore granted under the Plan.  The provisions of this Section 4.02 shall
only be applicable if, and only to the extent that, the application thereof does
not conflict with any valid governmental statute, regulation or rule.


                                    ARTICLE V

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     5.01 TERMINATION OF PLAN.  The Plan shall terminate whenever the Board of
Directors adopts a resolution to that effect.  If not sooner terminated in
accordance with the preceding sentence, the Plan shall wholly cease and expire
at the close of business on March 20, 2000.  After termination of the Plan, no
Options shall be granted under the Plan, but the Company shall continue to
recognize, and perform its obligations with respect to, Options previously
granted.

     5.02 AMENDMENT OF PLAN.  The Board of Directors may from time to time
amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan.  Nevertheless, no such amendment,
modification, suspension or termination shall (a) impair any Options theretofore
granted under the Plan or deprive any Holder of any shares of Common Stock which
such Holder might have acquired through or as a result of the Plan, or (b) be
made without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock of the Company where such change would (i) increase the total
number of shares of Common Stock as to which Options may be granted under the
Plan or decrease the purchase price at which Options may be granted under the
Plan (other than as provided in Section 4.02 hereof), (ii) materially alter the
class of persons eligible to be granted Options under the Plan, (iii) materially
increase the benefits accruing to Holders under the Plan or (iv) extent the term
of the Plan or the Option Period of any Option.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, the provisions of the
Plan governing (A) the number of Options to be awarded, (B) the number of shares
of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, (C) the exercise price per share
under each Option, (D) when and under what circumstances each Option will be
granted, (E) the period within which each Option may be exercised and (F) the
class of persons eligible to be granted Options under the Plan shall not be
amended or altered more than once every six months, other than to comport with
changes in the Code or the rules promulgated thereunder, or the Employee
Retirement Income

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules promulgated thereunder.

     5.03 TREATMENT OF PROCEEDS.  Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock
pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the
Company.

     5.04 EFFECTIVENESS.  This Plan shall become effective as of the Effective
Date, subject to the conditions stated in the following sentence.  This Plan and
each Option granted or to be granted hereunder is conditional on and shall be of
no force and effect, and no Option shall be exercised, unless and until,
shareholder approval of the Plan by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the shares of Common Stock present, or represented, and entitled to
vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company duly held not later than the
date of the next annual meeting of shareholders.

     5.05 SECTION HEADINGS.  The section headings included herein are only for
convenience, and they shall have no effect on the interpretation of the Plan.


                                       -7-


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.
                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN



     Section 1.  PURPOSE.  It is the purpose of the Plan to promote the
interests of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc. (the "Company") and its
shareholders by attracting, retaining and stimulating the performance of
selected officers and other key employees by giving such employees the
opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and an increased
personal interest in its continued success and progress.  Unless otherwise
specified in the option agreement, each Option granted under the Plan shall be
an Incentive Stock Option.

     Section 2.  DEFINITIONS.  As used herein the following terms have the
following meanings:

          (a)  "Affiliate" means any parent or subsidiary corporation of the
     Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code.

          (b)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (c)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
     time to time.

          (d)  "Committee" means the Compensation Committee described in Section
     4 hereof.

          (e)  "Common Stock" means the $0.03 par value Common Stock of the
     Company.

          (f)  "Company" means Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc., a
     Colorado corporation.

          (g)  "Employee" means any regular salaried officer (including an
     officer who may be a member of the Board) or other key employee of the
     Company or an Affiliate.

          (h)  "Fair Market Value" means, unless the Committee determines
     otherwise in good faith, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
     date in question (or, if there is no reported sale on such date, then on
     the last preceding day on which a reported sale occurred) as reported on
     the Nasdaq National Market or any national stock exchange or other stock
     market on which the Common Stock is then traded, or if the Common Stock is
     not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market or any
     national stock exchange but is quoted as an over-the-counter security on
     Nasdaq or any similar system then in use, "Fair Market Value" shall mean
     the average of the closing high bid and low asked quotations on such system
     for the Common Stock on the date in question.

          (i)  "Incentive Stock Option" means an incentive stock option within
     the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

          (j)  "Lock-Up Period" means any period during which an Optionee is
     prohibited from selling shares of Common Stock without the consent of an
     underwriter or placement agent (or a representative thereof) pursuant to an
     agreement between the Optionee and such underwriter, placement agent or
     representative in connection with an offering of securities of the Company.



<PAGE>

          (k)  "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an option that is not an
     Incentive Stock Option.

          (l)  "Option" means any option to purchase shares of Common Stock
     granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

          (m)  "Optionee" means an Employee who has been granted an Option under
     the Plan.

          (n)  "Plan" means this Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc. 1995
     Stock Option Plan.

          (o)  "Retirement" means an Optionee's termination of employment with
     the Company or an Affiliate after the Optionee reaches age 65.

     Section 3.  NUMBER OF SHARES.  Options may be granted by the Company from
time to time under the Plan to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the
authorized Common Stock.  If an Option expires or terminates for any reason
without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to such
expired or terminated Option shall be available for purposes of the Plan.

     Section 4.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall be administered by
a Compensation Committee which shall consist of two or more members of the
Board, each of whom shall be a disinterested person within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar rule
or regulation promulgated thereunder.  Each member of the Committee shall be
appointed by and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.  The Board shall have
the sole continuing authority to appoint members of the Committee both in
substitution for members previously appointed and to fill vacancies however
caused.  The following provisions shall apply to the administration of the Plan:

          (a)  The Committee shall designate one of its members as Chairman and
     shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine.  Each
     member of the Committee shall be notified in writing of the time and place
     of any meeting of the Committee at least two days prior to such meeting,
     provided that such notice may be waived by a Committee member.  A majority
     of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and any action
     taken by a majority of the members of the Committee present at any duly
     called meeting at which a quorum is present (as well as any action
     unanimously approved in writing) shall constitute action by the Committee.

          (b)  The Committee may appoint a Secretary (who need not be a member
     of the Committee) who shall keep minutes of its meetings.  The Committee
     may make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it
     may determine.

          (c)  No member of the Committee shall be eligible to receive an Option
     under the Plan.

          (d)  The Committee shall have full authority subject to the express
     provisions of the Plan to interpret the Plan and any Option granted
     hereunder, to provide, modify and rescind

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

     rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and
     provisions of each Option and the form of each option agreement evidencing
     an Option granted under the Plan and to make all other determinations and
     perform such actions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to
     administer the Plan.  In addition, the Committee shall have full authority,
     subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to determine the Employees
     to whom Options shall be granted, the time or date of grant of each such
     Option, the number of shares subject thereto, and the price at which such
     shares may be purchased, and the nature and extent of restrictions, if any,
     on such shares.  In making such determinations, the Committee may take into
     account the nature of the services rendered by the Employee, his present
     and potential contributions to the success of the Company's business and
     such other facts as the Committee in its discretion shall deem appropriate
     to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

          (e)  No member of the Committee or the Board shall be liable for any
     action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan
     or any Option granted hereunder.

     Section 5.  GRANT OF OPTIONS.  At any time and from time to time during the
term of the Plan and subject to the express provisions hereof, Options may be
granted by the Committee to any Employee for such number of shares of Common
Stock as the Committee in its discretion shall deem to be in the best interest
of the Company and which will serve to further the purposes of the Plan.  The
Committee, in its discretion, may designate any Option so granted as an
Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that the aggregate Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted to an
Employee under the Plan (including all options qualifying as Incentive Stock
Options granted to such Employee under any other plan of the Company or an
Affiliate) are exercisable for the first time by such Employee during any
calendar year shall not exceed $100,000, determined as of the date the Incentive
Stock Option is granted.  If an Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock
Option shall be granted and such Option does not comply with the proviso of the
immediately preceding sentence, such Option shall not be void but shall be
deemed to be an Incentive Stock Option to the extent it does not exceed the
limit established by such proviso and shall be deemed a Nonqualified Stock
Option to the extent it exceeds that limit.

     Section 6.  OPTION PRICE AND PAYMENT.  The purchase price per share of
Common Stock under each Incentive Stock Option shall be determined by the
Committee in its discretion, but in no event shall such price be less than 100%
of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive
Stock Option is granted; provided, however, that the purchase price per share of
Common Stock under any Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, on the
date such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10%
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
Affiliate shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common
Stock on the date of grant.  The purchase price per share of Common Stock under
each Nonqualified Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee in its
discretion, but in no event shall such price be less the par value per share of
Common Stock on the date the Nonqualified Stock Option is granted or exercised,
whichever is greater.  Upon exercise of an Option, the purchase price shall be
paid in full (i) in cash or (ii) with the consent of the Committee and if and to
the extent provided for under the option agreement for such Option, in cash
and/or by delivery of shares of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee,
which shares are free of all liens, claims and encumbrances of every kind and
have an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of exercise)
equal to the purchase price.  The proceeds of such sale shall constitute general
funds of the

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

Company.  Upon exercise of an Option, the Optionee will be required to pay to
the Company the amount of any federal, state or local taxes required by law to
be withheld in connection with such exercise.

     The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may approve the
extension of a loan to an Optionee by the Company to assist the Optionee in
paying the exercise price of an Option; provided, however, that no such loan
shall be made to an Optionee who is a director of the Company unless the
Committee determines in good faith that the loan is fair to the Company at the
time of such approval.  Any such loan to an Optionee shall be made in accordance
with the terms and conditions (including interest rate and terms of repayment)
determined by the Committee in its discretion and applicable law.

     Section 7.  OPTION PERIOD AND TERMS OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Except as
otherwise provided for herein, each Option granted under the Plan shall be
exercisable during such period commencing on the date of the grant of such
Option as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that the otherwise
unexpired portion of any Option shall expire and become null and  void no later
than upon the first to occur of (i) the expiration of ten years from the date
such Option was granted; (ii) the later of (A) the expiration of 30 days from
the date of the termination of the Optionee's employment with the Company or an
Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement, disability or death or (B) in
the event that the 30-day period specified in (ii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up
Period, the expiration of 30 days following the expiration of such Lock-Up
Period; (iii) the later of (A) the expiration of three months from the date of
the termination of the Optionee's employment with the Company or an Affiliate by
reason of Retirement or (B) in the event that the three-month period specified
in (iii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of three months
following the expiration of such Lock-Up Period; or (iv) the expiration of one
year from the date of the termination of the Optionee's employment with the
Company or an Affiliate by reason of disability (as determined by the Committee
in its sole discretion) or death; provided, however, that an Option that is
intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not be treated as an Incentive
Stock Option to the extent it is exercised more than three months following the
Optionee's termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate for any
reason other than disability or death.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, the otherwise unexpired portion of any option granted hereunder
shall expire and become null and void immediately upon an Optionee's termination
of employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of such Optionee's
fraud, dishonesty or performance of other acts detrimental to the Company or an
Affiliate (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).  An Incentive
Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, on the date such Incentive Stock Option
is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate shall not be
exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of its grant.
Under the provisions of any option agreement evidencing an Option, the Committee
may limit the number of shares purchasable thereunder in any period or periods
of time during which the Option is exercisable and may impose such other terms
and conditions upon the exercise of an Option as are not inconsistent with the
terms of this Plan; provided, however, that the Committee, in its discretion,
may accelerate the exercise date of any such Option.

     Section 8.  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  An Option granted under the
Plan shall be transferable by the Optionee only by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the
Optionee only by the Optionee.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

     Section 9.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  A transfer of employment among the
Company and any of its Affiliates shall not be considered to be a termination of
employment for the purposes of the Plan.  The Committee, in its sole and
absolute discretion, shall determine whether an authorized leave of absence or
absence on military or government service shall constitute a termination of
employment for purposes of the Plan.  Nothing in the Plan or in any option
agreement evidencing an Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon any
Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate or
in any way interfere with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate
the employment of the Optionee at any time, with or without cause.

     Section 10.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK.  In the event the
Company shall effect a split of the Common Stock or dividend payable in Common
Stock, or in the event the outstanding Common Stock shall be combined into a
smaller number of shares, the maximum number of shares as to which Options may
be granted under the Plan shall be decreased or increased proportionately.  In
the event that before delivery by the Company of all of the shares of Common
Stock for which any Option has been granted under the Plan, the Company shall
have effected such a split, dividend or combination, the shares still subject to
such Option shall be increased or decreased proportionately and the purchase
price per share shall be decreased or increased proportionately so that the
aggregate purchase price for all of the shares then subject to such Option shall
remain the same as immediately prior to such split, dividend or combination.

     In the event of a reclassification of Common Stock not covered by the
foregoing, or in the event of a liquidation or reorganization (including a
merger, consolidation, spinoff or sale of assets) of the Company or an
Affiliate, including a transaction in which the Company or an Affiliate is not
the survivor, the Board shall make such adjustments, if any, as it may deem
appropriate in the number, purchase price and kind of shares covered by the
unexercised portions of Options theretofore granted under the Plan.  The
provisions of this Section shall only be applicable if, and only to the extent
that, the application thereof does not conflict with any valid governmental
statute, regulation or rule.

     Section 11.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  Subject to the right
of the Board to terminate the Plan prior thereto, the Plan shall terminate at
the expiration of ten years from  July 31, 1995, the date of adoption of the
Plan by the Board.  No Options may be granted after termination of the Plan.
The Board may alter or amend the Plan but may not without the approval of the
shareholders of the Company make any alteration or amendment thereof which
operates to (i) abolish the Committee, change the qualifications of its members
or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) increase
the total number of shares of Common Stock which may be granted under the Plan
(other than as provided in Section 10 hereof), (iii) extend the term of the Plan
or the maximum exercise period provided in Section 7 hereof, (iv) decrease the
minimum purchase price for Common Stock provided in Section 6 (other than as
provided in Section 10 hereof), (v) materially increase the benefits accruing to
participants under the Plan, or (vi) materially modify the requirements as to
eligibility for participation in the Plan.

     No termination or amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights
of an Optionee under a previously granted Option, except with the consent of
such Optionee.

     Section 12.  MODIFICATION OF OPTIONS.  Subject to the terms and conditions
of and within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or
renew outstanding Options granted under

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

the Plan (including the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option into a
Nonqualified Stock Option), or accept the surrender of Options outstanding
hereunder (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting
of new Options in substitution therefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or
impair any rights or obligations under any Option theretofore granted to such
Optionee, except as may be necessary, with respect to Incentive Stock Options,
to satisfy the requirements of Section 422(b) of the Code.

     Section 13.  REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.  The granting of Options and the issuance
of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to all
applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approval by governmental
agencies as may be required.

     Section 14.  INVESTMENT LETTER.  If the Company so elects, the Company's
obligation to deliver Common Stock with respect to an Option shall be
conditioned upon its receipt from the Employee to whom such Common Stock is to
be delivered of an executed investment letter containing such representations
and agreements as the Committee may determine to be necessary or advisable in
order to enable the Company to issue and deliver such Common Stock to such
Employee in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 and other applicable
federal, state or local securities laws or regulations.

     Section 15.  STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  The Committee, in its sole and
absolute discretion, may require, as an additional condition to the issuance of
Common Stock upon the exercise of an Option, that the Optionee furnish to the
Company an executed stock purchase agreement in such form as may be prescribed
by the Committee.

     Section 16.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall become effective,
as of the date of its adoption by the Board, when it has been duly approved by
the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock present or
represented and entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders of the Company
duly held in accordance with applicable law within twelve months after the date
of adoption of the Plan by the Board.  If the Plan is not so approved, the Plan
shall terminate and any Option granted hereunder shall be null and void.

     Section 17.  GENDER.  Words of any gender used in the Plan shall be
construed to include any other gender, unless the context requires otherwise.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been executed at Durango, Colorado, on
this 24th day of August, 1995, to be effective as of August 24, 1995.


                                   ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.



                                   By /s/ Franklin E. Crail
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                       Franklin E. Crail, President


                                       -6-


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") made and entered
into as of the _________ day of _____________________________________________,
19_______, by and between ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC., a Colorado
corporation (the "Company"), and _____________________________________________
_____________ ("Optionee"),

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") providing for the grant of incentive stock
options and nonqualified stock options to certain employees of the Company and
its affiliates for the purchase of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.03
per share ("Common Stock"); and

     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") acting under the Plan
has determined to grant an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan to Optionee,
who is currently employed by the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, it is agreed by and between the Company and
Optionee as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings, respectively:

          (a)  "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
     the Plan and shall include any party now or hereafter coming within that
     definition.

          (b)  "Common Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)
     of the Plan.

          (c)  "Fair Market Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
     2(h) of the Plan.

          (d)  "Incentive Stock Option" shall have the meaning set forth in
     Section 2(i) of the Plan.

          (e)  "Lock-Up Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(j)
     of the Plan.

          (f)  "Retirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(o) of
     the Plan.



<PAGE>

     2.   OPTION.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the
Company hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase from the Company ______
__________________ shares of Common Stock at a price of $_______________________
per share, for a period (the "Option Period") commencing on the second
anniversary of the date of this Agreement and terminating on the first to occur
of (i) the expiration of ten years from the date of this Agreement; (ii) the
later of (A) the expiration of 30 days from the date of the termination of
Optionee's employment with the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than
Retirement, disability or death or (B) in the event that the 30-day period
specified in (ii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of 30 days
following the expiration of such Lock-Up Period; (iii) the later of (A) the
expiration of three months from the date of the termination of Optionee's
employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of Retirement or (B) in
the event that the three-month period specified in (iii)(A) occurs during a
Lock-Up Period, the expiration of three months following the expiration of such
Lock-Up Period; or (iv) the expiration of one year from the date of the
termination of Optionee's employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason
of disability or death; provided, however, that the option granted hereunder
shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent it is exercised
more than three months following Optionee's termination of employment with the
Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than disability or death.  Any
provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the option granted
hereunder shall expire and become null and void immediately upon Optionee's
termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of
Optionee's fraud, dishonesty or performance of other acts detrimental to the
Company or an Affiliate (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).
A transfer of employment without interruption of service between or among the
Company and any of its Affiliates shall not be considered a termination of
employment for purposes of this Agreement.  This option shall expire and be void
with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject hereto which have not been
theretofore purchased by the end of the Option Period.

     3.   EXERCISE DURING EMPLOYMENT.  Except as provided in Section 2 hereof,
this option may not be exercised unless Optionee is at the time of exercise an
employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

     4.   MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.  This option may be exercised from
time to time by written notice to the Company signed by the person entitled to
exercise same and delivered to the Company within the Option Period.  Such
notice shall state the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
the option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by the full amount of the
purchase price of such shares.  The purchase price for the option shares may be
paid in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, in whole or in part by the
surrender of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company which
shall be credited against the purchase price at the Fair Market Value of the
shares surrendered on the date of exercise of the option.  In the event of
Optionee's death, the executor or administrator of Optionee's estate (or anyone
who shall have acquired this option by will or pursuant to the laws of descent
and distributions) may exercise this option during the Option Period.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

     The Committee, in its discretion and without any obligation to do so, may
assist Optionee in the exercise of this Option by approving the extension of a
loan to Optionee from the Company; provided, however, that no loan shall be made
to Optionee if Optionee is a director of the Company unless the Committee
determines in good faith that the loan is fair to the Company at the time of
such approval.  Any such loan to Optionee shall be made in accordance with the
terms and conditions (including interest rate and terms of repayment) determined
by the Committee in its discretion and applicable law.

     5.   DELIVERY OF SHARES, RESTRICTIONS, LEGENDS.  Delivery of the
certificates representing the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of
this option shall be made as soon as practicable following the receipt of notice
of exercise and payment.  If the Company so elects, its obligation to deliver
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this option shall be conditioned
upon its receipt from the person exercising this option of an executed
investment letter, in form and content satisfactory to the Company and its legal
counsel, evidencing the investment intent of such person and such other matters
as the Company may reasonably require.

     6.   ADJUSTMENTS.  In the event that, before delivery by the Company of all
the shares of Common Stock covered by this option, the Company shall effect a
split of Common Stock or dividend payable in Common Stock, or in the event the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number
of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock still subject to this option and
the purchase price per share shall be increased or decreased proportionately so
that the aggregate purchase price for all the shares then subject to this option
is the same as immediately prior to such stock split, stock dividend or
combination.  In the event of a reclassification of the shares of Common Stock
not covered by the foregoing, or in the event of a liquidation or reorganization
(including a merger, consolidation, spinoff or sale of assets) of the Company or
an Affiliate, including a transaction in which the Company or an Affiliate is
not the survivor, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make such
adjustments, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number, purchase price
and kind of shares still subject to this option.  The provisions of this Section
6 shall be applicable only if, and to the extent that, the application thereof
does not conflict with any valid governmental statute, regulation or rule.

     7.   TRANSFERABILITY.  This option is not transferable otherwise than by
will and the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of
Optionee is exercisable only by Optionee or, if Optionee is legally incompetent,
by Optionee's legal representative.

     8.   EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any
right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall this
Agreement interfere in any manner with the right of the Company or any Affiliate
to terminate the employment of Optionee with or without cause at any time.

     9.   RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Optionee (or Optionee's successor in
interest if Optionee is deceased) shall have no rights as a shareholder with
respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a
stock certificate or certificates to Optionee for such

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

shares.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary,
whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution or other rights
for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate or
certificates are issued, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

     10.  OPTION SUBJECT TO PLAN.  By execution of this Agreement, Optionee
agrees that this option and the shares of Common Stock to be received upon
exercise hereof shall be governed by and subject to all applicable provisions of
the Plan.

     11.  INTERPRETATION.  All questions of interpretation or application of the
terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and its
determination shall be final and binding for all purposes upon Optionee and upon
any person claiming by, through or under Optionee.

     12.  CONDITIONED UPON APPROVAL.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, as provided in Section 15 of the Plan, this option shall
terminate and be null and void if the required affirmative vote of the
shareholders of the Company approving and adopting the Plan is not received.

     13.  CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado.  Words of
any gender used in this Agreement shall be construed to include any other
gender, unless the context requires otherwise.  The headings of the various
sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only and
shall not be used in construing the terms hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE
                                             FACTORY, INC.



                                             By
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Title:



                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Optionee


                                       -4-

<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.10B

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") made and entered
into as of the _________ day of _____________________________________________,
19_______, by and between ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC., a Colorado
corporation (the "Company"), and ______________________________________________
____________ ("Optionee"),

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") providing for the grant of incentive stock
options and nonqualified stock options to certain employees of the Company and
its affiliates for the purchase of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.03
per share ("Common Stock"); and

     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") acting under the Plan
has determined to grant an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan to Optionee,
who is currently employed by the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, it is agreed by and between the Company and
Optionee as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings, respectively:

          (a)  "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
     the Plan and shall include any party now or hereafter coming within that
     definition.

          (b)  "Common Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)
     of the Plan.

          (c)  "Fair Market Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
     2(h) of the Plan.

          (d)  "Incentive Stock Option" shall have the meaning set forth in
     Section 2(i) of the Plan.

          (e)  "Lock-Up Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(j)
     of the Plan.

          (f)  "Retirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(o) of
     the Plan.



<PAGE>

     2.   OPTION.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the
Company hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase from the Company ______
________________ shares of Common Stock at a price of $____________________ per
share, for a period (the "Option Period") commencing on the date of this
Agreement and terminating on the first to occur of (i) the expiration of ten
years from the date of this Agreement; (ii) the later of (A) the expiration of
30 days from the date of the termination of Optionee's employment with the
Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement, disability or
death or (B) in the event that the 30- day period specified in (ii)(A) occurs
during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of 30 days following the expiration of
such Lock-Up Period; (iii) the later of (A) the expiration of three months from
the date of the termination of Optionee's employment with the Company or an
Affiliate by reason of Retirement or (B) in the event that the three-month
period specified in (iii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of
three months following the expiration of such Lock-Up Period; or (iv) the
expiration of one year from the date of the termination of Optionee's employment
with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of disability or death; provided,
however, that the option granted hereunder shall not be treated as an Incentive
Stock Option to the extent it is exercised more than three months following
Optionee's termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate for any
reason other than disability or death.  Any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary notwithstanding, the option granted hereunder shall expire and become
null and void immediately upon Optionee's termination of employment with the
Company or an Affiliate by reason of Optionee's fraud, dishonesty or performance
of other acts detrimental to the Company or an Affiliate (as determined by the
Committee in its sole discretion).  A transfer of employment without
interruption of service between or among the Company and any of its Affiliates
shall not be considered a termination of employment for purposes of this
Agreement.  This option shall expire and be void with respect to any shares of
Common Stock subject hereto which have not been theretofore purchased by the end
of the Option Period.

     3.   EXERCISE DURING EMPLOYMENT.  Except as provided in Section 2 hereof,
this option may not be exercised unless Optionee is at the time of exercise an
employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

     4.   MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.  This option may be exercised from
time to time by written notice to the Company signed by the person entitled to
exercise same and delivered to the Company within the Option Period.  Such
notice shall state the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
the option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by the full amount of the
purchase price of such shares.  The purchase price for the option shares may be
paid in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, in whole or in part by the
surrender of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company which
shall be credited against the purchase price at the Fair Market Value of the
shares surrendered on the date of exercise of the option.  In the event of
Optionee's death, the executor or administrator of Optionee's estate (or anyone
who shall have acquired this option by will or pursuant to the laws of descent
and distributions) may exercise this option during the Option Period.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

     The Committee, in its discretion and without any obligation to do so, may
assist Optionee in the exercise of this Option by approving the extension of a
loan to Optionee from the Company; provided, however, that no loan shall be made
to Optionee if Optionee is a director of the Company unless the Committee
determines in good faith that the loan is fair to the Company at the time of
such approval.  Any such loan to Optionee shall be made in accordance with the
terms and conditions (including interest rate and terms of repayment) determined
by the Committee in its discretion and applicable law.

     5.   DELIVERY OF SHARES, RESTRICTIONS, LEGENDS.  Delivery of the
certificates representing the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of
this option shall be made as soon as practicable following the receipt of notice
of exercise and payment.  If the Company so elects, its obligation to deliver
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this option shall be conditioned
upon its receipt from the person exercising this option of an executed
investment letter, in form and content satisfactory to the Company and its legal
counsel, evidencing the investment intent of such person and such other matters
as the Company may reasonably require.

     6.   ADJUSTMENTS.  In the event that, before delivery by the Company of all
the shares of Common Stock covered by this option, the Company shall effect a
split of Common Stock or dividend payable in Common Stock, or in the event the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number
of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock still subject to this option and
the purchase price per share shall be increased or decreased proportionately so
that the aggregate purchase price for all the shares then subject to this option
is the same as immediately prior to such stock split, stock dividend or
combination.  In the event of a reclassification of the shares of Common Stock
not covered by the foregoing, or in the event of a liquidation or reorganization
(including a merger, consolidation, spinoff or sale of assets) of the Company or
an Affiliate, including a transaction in which the Company or an Affiliate is
not the survivor, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make such
adjustments, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number, purchase price
and kind of shares still subject to this option.  The provisions of this Section
6 shall be applicable only if, and to the extent that, the application thereof
does not conflict with any valid governmental statute, regulation or rule.

     7.   TRANSFERABILITY.  This option is not transferable otherwise than by
will and the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of
Optionee is exercisable only by Optionee or, if Optionee is legally incompetent,
by Optionee's legal representative.

     8.   EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any
right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall this
Agreement interfere in any manner with the right of the Company or any Affiliate
to terminate the employment of Optionee with or without cause at any time.

     9.   RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Optionee (or Optionee's successor in
interest if Optionee is deceased) shall have no rights as a shareholder with
respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a
stock certificate or certificates to Optionee for such

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

shares.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary,
whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution or other rights
for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate or
certificates are issued, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

     10.  OPTION SUBJECT TO PLAN.  By execution of this Agreement, Optionee
agrees that this option and the shares of Common Stock to be received upon
exercise hereof shall be governed by and subject to all applicable provisions of
the Plan.

     11.  INTERPRETATION.  All questions of interpretation or application of the
terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and its
determination shall be final and binding for all purposes upon Optionee and upon
any person claiming by, through or under Optionee.

     12.  CONDITIONED UPON APPROVAL.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, as provided in Section 15 of the Plan, this option shall
terminate and be null and void if the required affirmative vote of the
shareholders of the Company approving and adopting the Plan is not received.

     13.  CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado.  Words of
any gender used in this Agreement shall be construed to include any other
gender, unless the context requires otherwise.  The headings of the various
sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only and
shall not be used in construing the terms hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE
                                             FACTORY, INC.



                                             By
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Title:



                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Optionee


                                       -4-


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                       NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     This Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") made and entered
into as of the _______ day of _____________________________________, 19______,
by and between ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC., a Colorado corporation
(the "Company"), and _________________________________________________________
("Optionee"),

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") providing for the grant of incentive stock
options and nonqualified stock options to certain employees of the Company and
its affiliates for the purchase of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.03
per share ("Common Stock"); and

     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") acting under the Plan
has determined to grant a nonqualified stock option under the Plan to Optionee,
who is currently employed by the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, it is agreed by and between the Company and
Optionee as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings, respectively:

          (a)  "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
     the Plan and shall include any party now or hereafter coming within that
     definition.

          (b)  "Common Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)
     of the Plan.

          (c)  "Fair Market Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
     2(h) of the Plan.

          (d)  "Lock-Up Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(j)
     of the Plan.

          (e)  "Retirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(o) of
     the Plan.

     2.   OPTION.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the
Company hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase from the Company ______
____________ shares of Common Stock at a price of $_________________ per share,
for a period (the "Option Period") commencing on the date of this Agreement and
terminating on the first to occur of (i) the expiration of ten years from the
date of this Agreement; (ii) the later of (A) the expiration of 30 days from the



<PAGE>

date of the termination of Optionee's employment with the Company or an
Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement, disability or death or (B) in
the event that the 30-day period specified in (ii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up
Period, the expiration of 30 days following the expiration of such Lock-Up
Period; (iii) the later of (A) the expiration of three months from the date of
the termination of Optionee's employment with the Company or an Affiliate by
reason of Retirement or (B) in the event that the three-month period specified
in (iii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of three months
following the expiration of such Lock-Up Period; or (iv) the expiration of one
year from the date of the termination of Optionee's employment with the Company
or an Affiliate by reason of disability or death.  Any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the option granted hereunder shall
expire and become null and void immediately upon Optionee's termination of
employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of Optionee's fraud,
dishonesty or performance of other acts detrimental to the Company or an
Affiliate (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).  Any
provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the option granted
hereunder shall expire and become null and void immediately upon Optionee's
termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of
Optionee's fraud, dishonesty or performance of other acts detrimental to the
Company or an Affiliate (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).
A transfer of employment without interruption of service between or among the
Company and any of its Affiliates shall not be considered a termination of
employment for purposes of this Agreement.  This option shall expire and be void
with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject hereto which have not been
theretofore purchased by the end of the Option Period.  This option shall not be
treated as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

     3.   EXERCISE DURING EMPLOYMENT.  Except as provided in Section 2 hereof,
this option may not be exercised unless Optionee is at the time of exercise an
employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

     4.   MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.  This option may be exercised from
time to time by written notice to the Company signed by the person entitled to
exercise same and delivered to the Company within the Option Period.  Such
notice shall state the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
the option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by the full amount of the
purchase price of such shares.  The purchase price for the option shares may be
paid in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, in whole or in part by the
surrender of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company which
shall be credited against the purchase price at the Fair Market Value of the
shares surrendered on the date of exercise of the option.  In the event of
Optionee's death, the executor or administrator of Optionee's estate (or anyone
who shall have acquired this option by will or pursuant to the laws of descent
and distributions) may exercise this option during the Option Period.

     The Committee, in its discretion and without any obligation to do so, may
assist Optionee in the exercise of this Option by approving the extension of a
loan to Optionee from the Company; provided, however, that no loan shall be made
to Optionee if Optionee is a director of the Company unless the Committee
determines in good faith that the loan is fair to the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

Company at the time of such approval.  Any such loan to Optionee shall be made
in accordance with the terms and conditions (including interest rate and terms
of repayment) determined by the Committee in its discretion and applicable law.

     5.   DELIVERY OF SHARES, RESTRICTIONS, LEGENDS.  Delivery of the
certificates representing the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of
this option shall be made as soon as practicable following the receipt of notice
of exercise and payment.  If the Company so elects, its obligation to deliver
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this option shall be conditioned
upon its receipt from the person exercising this option of an executed
investment letter, in form and content satisfactory to the Company and its legal
counsel, evidencing the investment intent of such person and such other matters
as the Company may reasonably require.

     6.   ADJUSTMENTS.  In the event that, before delivery by the Company of all
the shares of Common Stock covered by this option, the Company shall effect a
split of Common Stock or dividend payable in Common Stock, or in the event the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number
of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock still subject to this option and
the purchase price per share shall be increased or decreased proportionately so
that the aggregate purchase price for all the shares then subject to this option
is the same as immediately prior to such stock split, stock dividend or
combination.  In the event of a reclassification of the shares of Common Stock
not covered by the foregoing, or in the event of a liquidation or reorganization
(including a merger, consolidation, spinoff or sale of assets) of the Company or
an Affiliate, including a transaction in which the Company or an Affiliate is
not the survivor, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make such
adjustments, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number, purchase price
and kind of shares still subject to this option.  The provisions of this Section
6 shall be applicable only if, and to the extent that, the application thereof
does not conflict with any valid governmental statute, regulation or rule.

     7.   TRANSFERABILITY.  This option is not transferable otherwise than by
will and the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of
Optionee is exercisable only by Optionee or, if Optionee is legally incompetent,
by Optionee's legal representative.

     8.   EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any
right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall this
Agreement interfere in any manner with the right of the Company or any Affiliate
to terminate the employment of Optionee with or without cause at any time.

     9.   RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Optionee (or Optionee's successor in
interest if Optionee is deceased) shall have no rights as a shareholder with
respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a
stock certificate or certificates to Optionee for such shares.  No adjustment
shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash,
securities or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificate or certificates are
issued, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

     10.  OPTION SUBJECT TO PLAN.  By execution of this Agreement, Optionee
agrees that this option and the shares of Common Stock to be received upon
exercise hereof shall be governed by and subject to all applicable provisions of
the Plan.

     11.  INTERPRETATION.  All questions of interpretation or application of the
terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and its
determination shall be final and binding for all purposes upon Optionee and upon
any person claiming by, through or under Optionee.

     12.  CONDITIONED UPON APPROVAL.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, as provided in Section 15 of the Plan, this option shall
terminate and be null and void if the required affirmative vote of the
shareholders of the Company approving and adopting the Plan is not received.

     13.  CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado.  Words of
any gender used in this Agreement shall be construed to include any other
gender, unless the context requires otherwise.  The headings of the various
sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only and
shall not be used in construing the terms hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE
                                             FACTORY, INC.


                                             By
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Title:



                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Optionee


                                       -4-

<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.11B

                     ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC.

                       NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     This Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") made and entered
into as of the _______ day of _____________________________________, 19______,
by and between ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE FACTORY, INC., a Colorado corporation
(the "Company"), and _________________________________________________________
("Optionee"),

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") providing for the grant of incentive stock
options and nonqualified stock options to certain employees of the Company and
its affiliates for the purchase of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.03
per share ("Common Stock"); and

     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") acting under the Plan
has determined to grant a nonqualified stock option under the Plan to Optionee,
who is currently employed by the Company;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, it is agreed by and between the Company and
Optionee as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings, respectively:

          (a)  "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
     the Plan and shall include any party now or hereafter coming within that
     definition.

          (b)  "Common Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)
     of the Plan.

          (c)  "Fair Market Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
     2(h) of the Plan.

          (d)  "Lock-Up Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(j)
     of the Plan.

          (e)  "Retirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(o) of
     the Plan.

     2.   OPTION.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the
Company hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase from the Company ______
____________ shares of Common Stock at a price of $_________________ per share,
for a period (the "Option Period") commencing on the second anniversary of the
date of this Agreement and terminating on the first to occur of (i) the
expiration of ten years from the date of this Agreement; (ii) the later of (A)
the expiration



<PAGE>

of 30 days from the date of the termination of Optionee's employment with the
Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than Retirement, disability or
death or (B) in the event that the 30-day period specified in (ii)(A) occurs
during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of 30 days following the expiration of
such Lock-Up Period; (iii) the later of (A) the expiration of three months from
the date of the termination of Optionee's employment with the Company or an
Affiliate by reason of Retirement or (B) in the event that the three-month
period specified in (iii)(A) occurs during a Lock-Up Period, the expiration of
three months following the expiration of such Lock-Up Period; or (iv) the
expiration of one year from the date of the termination of Optionee's employment
with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of disability or death.  Any
provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the option granted
hereunder shall expire and become null and void immediately upon Optionee's
termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of
Optionee's fraud, dishonesty or performance of other acts detrimental to the
Company or an Affiliate (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).
Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the option
granted hereunder shall expire and become null and void immediately upon
Optionee's termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate by reason
of Optionee's fraud, dishonesty or performance of other acts detrimental to the
Company or an Affiliate (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion).
A transfer of employment without interruption of service between or among the
Company and any of its Affiliates shall not be considered a termination of
employment for purposes of this Agreement.  This option shall expire and be void
with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject hereto which have not been
theretofore purchased by the end of the Option Period.  This option shall not be
treated as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

     3.   EXERCISE DURING EMPLOYMENT.  Except as provided in Section 2 hereof,
this option may not be exercised unless Optionee is at the time of exercise an
employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

     4.   MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.  This option may be exercised from
time to time by written notice to the Company signed by the person entitled to
exercise same and delivered to the Company within the Option Period.  Such
notice shall state the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
the option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by the full amount of the
purchase price of such shares.  The purchase price for the option shares may be
paid in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, in whole or in part by the
surrender of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company which
shall be credited against the purchase price at the Fair Market Value of the
shares surrendered on the date of exercise of the option.  In the event of
Optionee's death, the executor or administrator of Optionee's estate (or anyone
who shall have acquired this option by will or pursuant to the laws of descent
and distributions) may exercise this option during the Option Period.

     The Committee, in its discretion and without any obligation to do so, may
assist Optionee in the exercise of this Option by approving the extension of a
loan to Optionee from the Company; provided, however, that no loan shall be made
to Optionee if Optionee is a director of the Company unless the Committee
determines in good faith that the loan is fair to the

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

Company at the time of such approval.  Any such loan to Optionee shall be made
in accordance with the terms and conditions (including interest rate and terms
of repayment) determined by the Committee in its discretion and applicable law.

     5.   DELIVERY OF SHARES, RESTRICTIONS, LEGENDS.  Delivery of the
certificates representing the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of
this option shall be made as soon as practicable following the receipt of notice
of exercise and payment.  If the Company so elects, its obligation to deliver
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this option shall be conditioned
upon its receipt from the person exercising this option of an executed
investment letter, in form and content satisfactory to the Company and its legal
counsel, evidencing the investment intent of such person and such other matters
as the Company may reasonably require.

     6.   ADJUSTMENTS.  In the event that, before delivery by the Company of all
the shares of Common Stock covered by this option, the Company shall effect a
split of Common Stock or dividend payable in Common Stock, or in the event the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number
of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock still subject to this option and
the purchase price per share shall be increased or decreased proportionately so
that the aggregate purchase price for all the shares then subject to this option
is the same as immediately prior to such stock split, stock dividend or
combination.  In the event of a reclassification of the shares of Common Stock
not covered by the foregoing, or in the event of a liquidation or reorganization
(including a merger, consolidation, spinoff or sale of assets) of the Company or
an Affiliate, including a transaction in which the Company or an Affiliate is
not the survivor, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make such
adjustments, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number, purchase price
and kind of shares still subject to this option.  The provisions of this Section
6 shall be applicable only if, and to the extent that, the application thereof
does not conflict with any valid governmental statute, regulation or rule.

     7.   TRANSFERABILITY.  This option is not transferable otherwise than by
will and the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of
Optionee is exercisable only by Optionee or, if Optionee is legally incompetent,
by Optionee's legal representative.

     8.   EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any
right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall this
Agreement interfere in any manner with the right of the Company or any Affiliate
to terminate the employment of Optionee with or without cause at any time.

     9.   RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Optionee (or Optionee's successor in
interest if Optionee is deceased) shall have no rights as a shareholder with
respect to any shares covered by this option until the date of the issuance of a
stock certificate or certificates to Optionee for such shares.  No adjustment
shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash,
securities or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificate or certificates are
issued, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

     10.  OPTION SUBJECT TO PLAN.  By execution of this Agreement, Optionee
agrees that this option and the shares of Common Stock to be received upon
exercise hereof shall be governed by and subject to all applicable provisions of
the Plan.

     11.  INTERPRETATION.  All questions of interpretation or application of the
terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and its
determination shall be final and binding for all purposes upon Optionee and upon
any person claiming by, through or under Optionee.

     12.  CONDITIONED UPON APPROVAL.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, as provided in Section 15 of the Plan, this option shall
terminate and be null and void if the required affirmative vote of the
shareholders of the Company approving and adopting the Plan is not received.

     13.  CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado.  Words of
any gender used in this Agreement shall be construed to include any other
gender, unless the context requires otherwise.  The headings of the various
sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference only and
shall not be used in construing the terms hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHOCOLATE
                                             FACTORY, INC.




                                             By
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Title:




                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Optionee


                                       -4-



<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 23.1

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


We have issued our reports dated April 26, 1995, accompanying the financial
statements and related schedule of Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory, Inc.
contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.  We consent to the use
of the aforementioned reports in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and
to the use of our name as it appears under the caption "Experts" and "Selected
Financial Data".



GRANT THORNTON LLP


Dallas, Texas
August 25, 1995



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission